#include "postgres.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include "access/detoast.h"
#include "access/htup_details.h"
#include "access/tupconvert.h"
#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
#include "executor/execExpr.h"
#include "executor/spi.h"
#include "executor/tstoreReceiver.h"
#include "funcapi.h"
#include "mb/stringinfo_mb.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
#include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"
#include "parser/parse_type.h"
#include "plpgsql.h"
#include "storage/proc.h"
#include "tcop/cmdtag.h"
#include "tcop/pquery.h"
#include "utils/array.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/datum.h"
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#include "utils/rel.h"
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
#include "utils/syscache.h"
#include "utils/typcache.h"

Include dependency graph for pl_exec.c:

Data Structures
struct	SimpleEcontextStackEntry

struct	plpgsql_CastHashKey

struct	plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry

struct	plpgsql_CastHashEntry

struct	count_param_references_context

Macros
#define	get_eval_mcontext(estate) ((estate)->eval_econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

#define	eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, sz) MemoryContextAlloc(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)

#define	eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, sz) MemoryContextAllocZero(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)

#define	LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(looplabel, exit_action)

#define	SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(opt, name)

Typedefs
typedef struct SimpleEcontextStackEntry	SimpleEcontextStackEntry

typedef struct count_param_references_context	count_param_references_context

Functions
static void	coerce_function_result_tuple (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, TupleDesc tupdesc)

static void	plpgsql_exec_error_callback (void *arg)

static void	copy_plpgsql_datums (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_function func)

static void	plpgsql_fulfill_promise (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_var var)

static MemoryContext	get_stmt_mcontext (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	push_stmt_mcontext (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	pop_stmt_mcontext (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static int	exec_toplevel_block (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_block block)

static int	exec_stmt_block (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_block block)

static int	exec_stmts (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, List stmts)

static int	exec_stmt_assign (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_assign stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_perform (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_perform stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_call (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_call stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_getdiag (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_if (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_if stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_case (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_case stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_loop (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_loop stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_while (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_while stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_fori (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fori stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_fors (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fors stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_forc (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_forc stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_foreach_a (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_open (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_open stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_fetch (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_close (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_close stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_exit (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_exit stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_return (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_return stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_return_next (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_return_query (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_raise (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_raise stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_assert (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_assert stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_execsql (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_dynexecute (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_dynfors (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_commit (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_commit stmt)

static int	exec_stmt_rollback (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback stmt)

static void	plpgsql_estate_setup (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_function func, ReturnSetInfo rsi, EState simple_eval_estate, ResourceOwner simple_eval_resowner)

static void	exec_eval_cleanup (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	exec_prepare_plan (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, int cursorOptions)

static void	exec_simple_check_plan (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr)

static bool	exec_is_simple_query (PLpgSQL_expr *expr)

static void	exec_save_simple_expr (PLpgSQL_expr expr, CachedPlan cplan)

static void	exec_check_rw_parameter (PLpgSQL_expr *expr, int paramid)

static bool	count_param_references (Node node, count_param_references_context context)

static void	exec_check_assignable (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, int dno)

static bool	exec_eval_simple_expr (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, Datum result, bool isNull, Oid rettype, int32 rettypmod)

static void	exec_assign_expr (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum target, PLpgSQL_expr *expr)

static void	exec_assign_c_string (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum target, const char *str)

static void	exec_assign_value (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum target, Datum value, bool isNull, Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod)

static void	exec_eval_datum (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum datum, Oid typeid, int32 typetypmod, Datum value, bool isnull)

static int	exec_eval_integer (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, bool *isNull)

static bool	exec_eval_boolean (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, bool *isNull)

static Datum	exec_eval_expr (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, bool isNull, Oid rettype, int32 *rettypmod)

static int	exec_run_select (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr, long maxtuples, Portal *portalP)

static int	exec_for_query (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_stmt_forq stmt, Portal portal, bool prefetch_ok)

static ParamListInfo	setup_param_list (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr)

static ParamExternData *	plpgsql_param_fetch (ParamListInfo params, int paramid, bool speculative, ParamExternData *prm)

static void	plpgsql_param_compile (ParamListInfo params, Param param, ExprState state, Datum resv, bool resnull)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_var_check (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_var (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_recfield (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_generic (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro (ExprState state, ExprEvalStep op, ExprContext *econtext)

static void	exec_move_row (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_variable target, HeapTuple tup, TupleDesc tupdesc)

static void	revalidate_rectypeid (PLpgSQL_rec *rec)

static ExpandedRecordHeader *	make_expanded_record_for_rec (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_rec rec, TupleDesc srctupdesc, ExpandedRecordHeader *srcerh)

static void	exec_move_row_from_fields (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_variable target, ExpandedRecordHeader newerh, Datum values, bool *nulls, TupleDesc tupdesc)

static bool	compatible_tupdescs (TupleDesc src_tupdesc, TupleDesc dst_tupdesc)

static HeapTuple	make_tuple_from_row (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_row row, TupleDesc tupdesc)

static TupleDesc	deconstruct_composite_datum (Datum value, HeapTupleData *tmptup)

static void	exec_move_row_from_datum (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_variable target, Datum value)

static void	instantiate_empty_record_variable (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_rec rec)

static char *	convert_value_to_string (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, Datum value, Oid valtype)

static Datum	exec_cast_value (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, Datum value, bool isnull, Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod, Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod)

static Datum	do_cast_value (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, Datum value, bool isnull, Oid valtype, int32 valtypmod, Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod)

static plpgsql_CastHashEntry *	get_cast_hashentry (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, Oid srctype, int32 srctypmod, Oid dsttype, int32 dsttypmod)

static void	exec_init_tuple_store (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	exec_set_found (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, bool state)

static void	plpgsql_create_econtext (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	plpgsql_destroy_econtext (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate)

static void	assign_simple_var (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_var var, Datum newvalue, bool isnull, bool freeable)

static void	assign_text_var (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_var var, const char *str)

static void	assign_record_var (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_rec rec, ExpandedRecordHeader *erh)

static ParamListInfo	exec_eval_using_params (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, List params)

static Portal	exec_dynquery_with_params (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr dynquery, List params, const char portalname, int cursorOptions)

static char *	format_expr_params (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, const PLpgSQL_expr expr)

static char *	format_preparedparamsdata (PLpgSQL_execstate *estate, ParamListInfo paramLI)

static PLpgSQL_variable *	make_callstmt_target (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_expr expr)

Datum	plpgsql_exec_function (PLpgSQL_function func, FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, EState simple_eval_estate, ResourceOwner simple_eval_resowner, ResourceOwner procedure_resowner, bool atomic)

HeapTuple	plpgsql_exec_trigger (PLpgSQL_function func, TriggerData trigdata)

void	plpgsql_exec_event_trigger (PLpgSQL_function func, EventTriggerData trigdata)

static bool	exception_matches_conditions (ErrorData edata, PLpgSQL_condition cond)

Oid	plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum datum)

void	plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info (PLpgSQL_execstate estate, PLpgSQL_datum datum, Oid typeId, int32 typMod, Oid *collation)

void	plpgsql_xact_cb (XactEvent event, void *arg)

void	plpgsql_subxact_cb (SubXactEvent event, SubTransactionId mySubid, SubTransactionId parentSubid, void *arg)

Variables
static EState *	shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL

static SimpleEcontextStackEntry *	simple_econtext_stack = NULL

static ResourceOwner	shared_simple_eval_resowner = NULL

static HTAB *	cast_expr_hash = NULL

static HTAB *	shared_cast_hash = NULL

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ eval_mcontext_alloc

#define eval_mcontext_alloc	(	estate,
		sz
	)	MemoryContextAlloc(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)

Definition at line 129 of file pl_exec.c.

◆ eval_mcontext_alloc0

#define eval_mcontext_alloc0	(	estate,
		sz
	)	MemoryContextAllocZero(get_eval_mcontext(estate), sz)

Definition at line 131 of file pl_exec.c.

◆ get_eval_mcontext

#define get_eval_mcontext ( estate ) ((estate)->eval_econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory)

Definition at line 127 of file pl_exec.c.

◆ LOOP_RC_PROCESSING

#define LOOP_RC_PROCESSING	(	looplabel,
		exit_action
	)

Definition at line 204 of file pl_exec.c.

◆ SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT

#define SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT	(	opt,
		name
	)

Value:

do { \
    if (opt) \
        ereport(ERROR, \
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), \
                 errmsg("RAISE option already specified: %s", \
                        name))); \
    opt = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, extval); \
} while (0)

Definition at line 3724 of file pl_exec.c.

Typedef Documentation

◆ count_param_references_context

typedef struct count_param_references_context count_param_references_context

◆ SimpleEcontextStackEntry

typedef struct SimpleEcontextStackEntry SimpleEcontextStackEntry

Function Documentation

◆ assign_record_var()

static void assign_record_var	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_rec *	rec,
		ExpandedRecordHeader *	erh
	)

static

Definition at line 8856 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Assert(rec->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC);
 
    /* Transfer new record object into datum_context */
    TransferExpandedRecord(erh, estate->datum_context);
 
    /* Free the old value ... */
    if (rec->erh)
        DeleteExpandedObject(ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh));
 
    /* ... and install the new */
    rec->erh = erh;
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datum_context, DeleteExpandedObject(), PLpgSQL_rec::dtype, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, ExpandedRecordGetDatum(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, and TransferExpandedRecord.

Referenced by exec_move_row(), exec_move_row_from_datum(), and exec_move_row_from_fields().

◆ assign_simple_var()

static void assign_simple_var	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_var *	var,
		Datum	newvalue,
		bool	isnull,
		bool	freeable
	)

static

Definition at line 8780 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR ||
           var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE);
 
    /*
     * In non-atomic contexts, we do not want to store TOAST pointers in
     * variables, because such pointers might become stale after a commit.
     * Forcibly detoast in such cases.  We don't want to detoast (flatten)
     * expanded objects, however; those should be OK across a transaction
     * boundary since they're just memory-resident objects.  (Elsewhere in
     * this module, operations on expanded records likewise need to request
     * detoasting of record fields when !estate->atomic.  Expanded arrays are
     * not a problem since all array entries are always detoasted.)
     */
    if (!estate->atomic && !isnull && var->datatype->typlen == -1 &&
        VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_NON_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(newvalue)))
    {
        MemoryContext oldcxt;
        Datum       detoasted;
 
        /*
         * Do the detoasting in the eval_mcontext to avoid long-term leakage
         * of whatever memory toast fetching might leak.  Then we have to copy
         * the detoasted datum to the function's main context, which is a
         * pain, but there's little choice.
         */
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
        detoasted = PointerGetDatum(detoast_external_attr((struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(newvalue)));
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
        /* Now's a good time to not leak the input value if it's freeable */
        if (freeable)
            pfree(DatumGetPointer(newvalue));
        /* Once we copy the value, it's definitely freeable */
        newvalue = datumCopy(detoasted, false, -1);
        freeable = true;
        /* Can't clean up eval_mcontext here, but it'll happen before long */
    }
 
    /* Free the old value if needed */
    if (var->freeval)
    {
        if (DatumIsReadWriteExpandedObject(var->value,
                                           var->isnull,
                                           var->datatype->typlen))
            DeleteExpandedObject(var->value);
        else
            pfree(DatumGetPointer(var->value));
    }
    /* Assign new value to datum */
    var->value = newvalue;
    var->isnull = isnull;
    var->freeval = freeable;
 
    /*
     * If it's a promise variable, then either we just assigned the promised
     * value, or the user explicitly assigned an overriding value.  Either
     * way, cancel the promise.
     */
    var->promise = PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE;
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::atomic, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, datumCopy(), DatumGetPointer(), DatumIsReadWriteExpandedObject, DeleteExpandedObject(), detoast_external_attr(), PLpgSQL_var::dtype, PLpgSQL_var::freeval, get_eval_mcontext, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), pfree(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE, PointerGetDatum(), PLpgSQL_var::promise, PLpgSQL_type::typlen, PLpgSQL_var::value, and VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_NON_EXPANDED.

Referenced by assign_text_var(), exec_assign_value(), exec_set_found(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_fori(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_fulfill_promise().

◆ assign_text_var()

static void assign_text_var	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_var *	var,
		const char *	str
	)

static

Definition at line 8847 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    assign_simple_var(estate, var, CStringGetTextDatum(str), false, true);
}

References assign_simple_var(), CStringGetTextDatum, and str.

Referenced by exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_open(), and plpgsql_fulfill_promise().

◆ coerce_function_result_tuple()

static void coerce_function_result_tuple	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		TupleDesc	tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 824 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    HeapTuple   rettup;
    TupleDesc   retdesc;
    TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
 
    /* We assume exec_stmt_return verified that result is composite */
    Assert(type_is_rowtype(estate->rettype));
 
    /* We can special-case expanded records for speed */
    if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(estate->retval)))
    {
        ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(estate->retval);
 
        Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
 
        /* Extract record's TupleDesc */
        retdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh);
 
        /* check rowtype compatibility */
        tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
                                            tupdesc,
                                            gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
 
        /* it might need conversion */
        if (tupmap)
        {
            rettup = expanded_record_get_tuple(erh);
            Assert(rettup);
            rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
 
            /*
             * Copy tuple to upper executor memory, as a tuple Datum.  Make
             * sure it is labeled with the caller-supplied tuple type.
             */
            estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(SPI_returntuple(rettup, tupdesc));
            /* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
        }
        else if (!(tupdesc->tdtypeid == erh->er_decltypeid ||
                   (tupdesc->tdtypeid == RECORDOID &&
                    !ExpandedRecordIsDomain(erh))))
        {
            /*
             * The expanded record has the right physical tupdesc, but the
             * wrong type ID.  (Typically, the expanded record is RECORDOID
             * but the function is declared to return a named composite type.
             * As in exec_move_row_from_datum, we don't allow returning a
             * composite-domain record from a function declared to return
             * RECORD.)  So we must flatten the record to a tuple datum and
             * overwrite its type fields with the right thing.  spi.c doesn't
             * provide any easy way to deal with this case, so we end up
             * duplicating the guts of datumCopy() :-(
             */
            Size        resultsize;
            HeapTupleHeader tuphdr;
 
            resultsize = EOH_get_flat_size(&erh->hdr);
            tuphdr = (HeapTupleHeader) SPI_palloc(resultsize);
            EOH_flatten_into(&erh->hdr, tuphdr, resultsize);
            HeapTupleHeaderSetTypeId(tuphdr, tupdesc->tdtypeid);
            HeapTupleHeaderSetTypMod(tuphdr, tupdesc->tdtypmod);
            estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(tuphdr);
        }
        else
        {
            /*
             * We need only copy result into upper executor memory context.
             * However, if we have a R/W expanded datum, we can just transfer
             * its ownership out to the upper executor context.
             */
            estate->retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate->retval,
                                               false,
                                               -1);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        /* Convert composite datum to a HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
        HeapTupleData tmptup;
 
        retdesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(estate->retval, &tmptup);
        rettup = &tmptup;
 
        /* check rowtype compatibility */
        tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
                                            tupdesc,
                                            gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
 
        /* it might need conversion */
        if (tupmap)
            rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
 
        /*
         * Copy tuple to upper executor memory, as a tuple Datum.  Make sure
         * it is labeled with the caller-supplied tuple type.
         */
        estate->retval = PointerGetDatum(SPI_returntuple(rettup, tupdesc));
 
        /* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
 
        ReleaseTupleDesc(retdesc);
    }
}

References Assert(), convert_tuples_by_position(), DatumGetEOHP(), DatumGetPointer(), deconstruct_composite_datum(), EOH_flatten_into(), EOH_get_flat_size(), ExpandedRecordHeader::er_decltypeid, ER_MAGIC, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_magic, execute_attr_map_tuple(), expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), expanded_record_get_tuple(), ExpandedRecordIsDomain, gettext_noop, ExpandedRecordHeader::hdr, HeapTupleHeaderSetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderSetTypMod(), PointerGetDatum(), ReleaseTupleDesc, PLpgSQL_execstate::rettype, PLpgSQL_execstate::retval, SPI_datumTransfer(), SPI_palloc(), SPI_returntuple(), TupleDescData::tdtypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypmod, type_is_rowtype(), and VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED.

Referenced by plpgsql_exec_function().

◆ compatible_tupdescs()

static bool compatible_tupdescs	(	TupleDesc	src_tupdesc,
		TupleDesc	dst_tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 7457 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         i;
 
    /* Possibly we could allow src_tupdesc to have extra columns? */
    if (dst_tupdesc->natts != src_tupdesc->natts)
        return false;
 
    for (i = 0; i < dst_tupdesc->natts; i++)
    {
        Form_pg_attribute dattr = TupleDescAttr(dst_tupdesc, i);
        Form_pg_attribute sattr = TupleDescAttr(src_tupdesc, i);
 
        if (dattr->attisdropped != sattr->attisdropped)
            return false;
        if (!dattr->attisdropped)
        {
            /* Normal columns must match by type and typmod */
            if (dattr->atttypid != sattr->atttypid ||
                (dattr->atttypmod >= 0 &&
                 dattr->atttypmod != sattr->atttypmod))
                return false;
        }
        else
        {
            /* Dropped columns are OK as long as length/alignment match */
            if (dattr->attlen != sattr->attlen ||
                dattr->attalign != sattr->attalign)
                return false;
        }
    }
    return true;
}

References i, TupleDescData::natts, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by exec_for_query(), and exec_move_row().

◆ convert_value_to_string()

static char * convert_value_to_string	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		Datum	value,
		Oid	valtype
	)

static

Definition at line 7855 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    char       *result;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
    Oid         typoutput;
    bool        typIsVarlena;
 
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    getTypeOutputInfo(valtype, &typoutput, &typIsVarlena);
    result = OidOutputFunctionCall(typoutput, value);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    return result;
}

References get_eval_mcontext, getTypeOutputInfo(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), OidOutputFunctionCall(), and value.

Referenced by exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_stmt_assert(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_raise(), exec_stmt_return_query(), format_expr_params(), and format_preparedparamsdata().

◆ copy_plpgsql_datums()

static void copy_plpgsql_datums	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_function *	func
	)

static

Definition at line 1310 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         ndatums = estate->ndatums;
    PLpgSQL_datum **indatums;
    PLpgSQL_datum **outdatums;
    char       *workspace;
    char       *ws_next;
    int         i;
 
    /* Allocate local datum-pointer array */
    estate->datums = (PLpgSQL_datum **)
        palloc(sizeof(PLpgSQL_datum *) * ndatums);
 
    /*
     * To reduce palloc overhead, we make a single palloc request for all the
     * space needed for locally-instantiated datums.
     */
    workspace = palloc(func->copiable_size);
    ws_next = workspace;
 
    /* Fill datum-pointer array, copying datums into workspace as needed */
    indatums = func->datums;
    outdatums = estate->datums;
    for (i = 0; i < ndatums; i++)
    {
        PLpgSQL_datum *indatum = indatums[i];
        PLpgSQL_datum *outdatum;
 
        /* This must agree with plpgsql_finish_datums on what is copiable */
        switch (indatum->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
                outdatum = (PLpgSQL_datum *) ws_next;
                memcpy(outdatum, indatum, sizeof(PLpgSQL_var));
                ws_next += MAXALIGN(sizeof(PLpgSQL_var));
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                outdatum = (PLpgSQL_datum *) ws_next;
                memcpy(outdatum, indatum, sizeof(PLpgSQL_rec));
                ws_next += MAXALIGN(sizeof(PLpgSQL_rec));
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
 
                /*
                 * These datum records are read-only at runtime, so no need to
                 * copy them (well, RECFIELD contains cached data, but we'd
                 * just as soon centralize the caching anyway).
                 */
                outdatum = indatum;
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", indatum->dtype);
                outdatum = NULL;    /* keep compiler quiet */
                break;
        }
 
        outdatums[i] = outdatum;
    }
 
    Assert(ws_next == workspace + func->copiable_size);
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_function::copiable_size, PLpgSQL_function::datums, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, elog, ERROR, i, MAXALIGN, PLpgSQL_execstate::ndatums, palloc(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, and PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR.

Referenced by plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ count_param_references()

static bool count_param_references	(	Node *	node,
		count_param_references_context *	context
	)

static

Definition at line 8541 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    if (node == NULL)
        return false;
    else if (IsA(node, Param))
    {
        Param      *param = (Param *) node;
 
        if (param->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN &&
            param->paramid == context->paramid)
        {
            context->last_param = param;
            if (++(context->count) > 1)
                return true;    /* abort tree traversal */
        }
        return false;
    }
    else
        return expression_tree_walker(node, count_param_references, context);
}

References count_param_references_context::count, count_param_references(), expression_tree_walker, IsA, count_param_references_context::last_param, PARAM_EXTERN, Param::paramid, count_param_references_context::paramid, and Param::paramkind.

Referenced by count_param_references(), and exec_check_rw_parameter().

◆ deconstruct_composite_datum()

static TupleDesc deconstruct_composite_datum	(	Datum	value,
		HeapTupleData *	tmptup
	)

static

Definition at line 7556 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    HeapTupleHeader td;
    Oid         tupType;
    int32       tupTypmod;
 
    /* Get tuple body (note this could involve detoasting) */
    td = DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(value);
 
    /* Build a temporary HeapTuple control structure */
    tmptup->t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(td);
    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup->t_self));
    tmptup->t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
    tmptup->t_data = td;
 
    /* Extract rowtype info and find a tupdesc */
    tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td);
    tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td);
    return lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
}

References DatumGetHeapTupleHeader, HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(), HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(), InvalidOid, ItemPointerSetInvalid(), lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), HeapTupleData::t_data, HeapTupleData::t_len, HeapTupleData::t_self, HeapTupleData::t_tableOid, and value.

Referenced by coerce_function_result_tuple(), exec_stmt_return_next(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ do_cast_value()

static Datum do_cast_value	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		Datum	value,
		bool *	isnull,
		Oid	valtype,
		int32	valtypmod,
		Oid	reqtype,
		int32	reqtypmod
	)

static

Definition at line 7908 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    plpgsql_CastHashEntry *cast_entry;
 
    cast_entry = get_cast_hashentry(estate,
                                    valtype, valtypmod,
                                    reqtype, reqtypmod);
    if (cast_entry)
    {
        ExprContext *econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
        econtext->caseValue_datum = value;
        econtext->caseValue_isNull = *isnull;
 
        cast_entry->cast_in_use = true;
 
        value = ExecEvalExpr(cast_entry->cast_exprstate, econtext,
                             isnull);
 
        cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
 
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    }
 
    return value;
}

References ExprContext::caseValue_datum, ExprContext::caseValue_isNull, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_exprstate, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_in_use, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_econtext, ExecEvalExpr(), get_cast_hashentry(), get_eval_mcontext, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), and value.

Referenced by exec_cast_value().

◆ exception_matches_conditions()

static bool exception_matches_conditions	(	ErrorData *	edata,
		PLpgSQL_condition *	cond
	)

static

Definition at line 1595 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    for (; cond != NULL; cond = cond->next)
    {
        int         sqlerrstate = cond->sqlerrstate;
 
        /*
         * OTHERS matches everything *except* query-canceled and
         * assert-failure.  If you're foolish enough, you can match those
         * explicitly.
         */
        if (sqlerrstate == PLPGSQL_OTHERS)
        {
            if (edata->sqlerrcode != ERRCODE_QUERY_CANCELED &&
                edata->sqlerrcode != ERRCODE_ASSERT_FAILURE)
                return true;
        }
        /* Exact match? */
        else if (edata->sqlerrcode == sqlerrstate)
            return true;
        /* Category match? */
        else if (ERRCODE_IS_CATEGORY(sqlerrstate) &&
                 ERRCODE_TO_CATEGORY(edata->sqlerrcode) == sqlerrstate)
            return true;
    }
    return false;
}

References ERRCODE_IS_CATEGORY, ERRCODE_TO_CATEGORY, PLpgSQL_condition::next, PLPGSQL_OTHERS, ErrorData::sqlerrcode, and PLpgSQL_condition::sqlerrstate.

Referenced by exec_stmt_block().

◆ exec_assign_c_string()

static void exec_assign_c_string	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	target,
		const char *	str
	)

static

Definition at line 5047 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    text       *value;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived text value */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    if (str != NULL)
        value = cstring_to_text(str);
    else
        value = cstring_to_text("");
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    exec_assign_value(estate, target, PointerGetDatum(value), false,
                      TEXTOID, -1);
}

References cstring_to_text(), exec_assign_value(), get_eval_mcontext, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PointerGetDatum(), str, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmt_getdiag().

◆ exec_assign_expr()

static void exec_assign_expr	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	target,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr
	)

static

Definition at line 5017 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Datum       value;
    bool        isnull;
    Oid         valtype;
    int32       valtypmod;
 
    /*
     * If first time through, create a plan for this expression.
     */
    if (expr->plan == NULL)
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, 0);
 
    value = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, &isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
    exec_assign_value(estate, target, value, isnull, valtype, valtypmod);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
}

References exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_prepare_plan(), PLpgSQL_expr::plan, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmt_assign(), exec_stmt_block(), and plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ exec_assign_value()

static void exec_assign_value	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	target,
		Datum	value,
		bool	isNull,
		Oid	valtype,
		int32	valtypmod
	)

static

Definition at line 5075 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    switch (target->dtype)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
            {
                /*
                 * Target is a variable
                 */
                PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) target;
                Datum       newvalue;
 
                newvalue = exec_cast_value(estate,
                                           value,
                                           &isNull,
                                           valtype,
                                           valtypmod,
                                           var->datatype->typoid,
                                           var->datatype->atttypmod);
 
                if (isNull && var->notnull)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                             errmsg("null value cannot be assigned to variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL",
                                    var->refname)));
 
                /*
                 * If type is by-reference, copy the new value (which is
                 * probably in the eval_mcontext) into the procedure's main
                 * memory context.  But if it's a read/write reference to an
                 * expanded object, no physical copy needs to happen; at most
                 * we need to reparent the object's memory context.
                 *
                 * If it's an array, we force the value to be stored in R/W
                 * expanded form.  This wins if the function later does, say,
                 * a lot of array subscripting operations on the variable, and
                 * otherwise might lose.  We might need to use a different
                 * heuristic, but it's too soon to tell.  Also, are there
                 * cases where it'd be useful to force non-array values into
                 * expanded form?
                 */
                if (!var->datatype->typbyval && !isNull)
                {
                    if (var->datatype->typisarray &&
                        !VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(newvalue)))
                    {
                        /* array and not already R/W, so apply expand_array */
                        newvalue = expand_array(newvalue,
                                                estate->datum_context,
                                                NULL);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        /* else transfer value if R/W, else just datumCopy */
                        newvalue = datumTransfer(newvalue,
                                                 false,
                                                 var->datatype->typlen);
                    }
                }
 
                /*
                 * Now free the old value, if any, and assign the new one. But
                 * skip the assignment if old and new values are the same.
                 * Note that for expanded objects, this test is necessary and
                 * cannot reliably be made any earlier; we have to be looking
                 * at the object's standard R/W pointer to be sure pointer
                 * equality is meaningful.
                 *
                 * Also, if it's a promise variable, we should disarm the
                 * promise in any case --- otherwise, assigning null to an
                 * armed promise variable would fail to disarm the promise.
                 */
                if (var->value != newvalue || var->isnull || isNull)
                    assign_simple_var(estate, var, newvalue, isNull,
                                      (!var->datatype->typbyval && !isNull));
                else
                    var->promise = PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE;
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
            {
                /*
                 * Target is a row variable
                 */
                PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) target;
 
                if (isNull)
                {
                    /* If source is null, just assign nulls to the row */
                    exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) row,
                                  NULL, NULL);
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Source must be of RECORD or composite type */
                    if (!type_is_rowtype(valtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("cannot assign non-composite value to a row variable")));
                    exec_move_row_from_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) row,
                                             value);
                }
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
            {
                /*
                 * Target is a record variable
                 */
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
 
                if (isNull)
                {
                    if (rec->notnull)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                                 errmsg("null value cannot be assigned to variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL",
                                        rec->refname)));
 
                    /* Set variable to a simple NULL */
                    exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
                                  NULL, NULL);
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Source must be of RECORD or composite type */
                    if (!type_is_rowtype(valtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("cannot assign non-composite value to a record variable")));
                    exec_move_row_from_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
                                             value);
                }
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
            {
                /*
                 * Target is a field of a record
                 */
                PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) target;
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
                ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
 
                rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
                erh = rec->erh;
 
                /*
                 * If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
                 * named composite type, else complain.  (This won't change
                 * the logical state of the record, but if we successfully
                 * assign below, the unassigned fields will all become NULLs.)
                 */
                if (erh == NULL)
                {
                    instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
                    erh = rec->erh;
                }
 
                /*
                 * Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
                 * if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
                 */
                if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
                {
                    if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
                                                      recfield->fieldname,
                                                      &recfield->finfo))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                                 errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
                                        rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
                    recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                }
 
                /* We don't support assignments to system columns. */
                if (recfield->finfo.fnumber <= 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("cannot assign to system column \"%s\"",
                                    recfield->fieldname)));
 
                /* Cast the new value to the right type, if needed. */
                value = exec_cast_value(estate,
                                        value,
                                        &isNull,
                                        valtype,
                                        valtypmod,
                                        recfield->finfo.ftypeid,
                                        recfield->finfo.ftypmod);
 
                /* And assign it. */
                expanded_record_set_field(erh, recfield->finfo.fnumber,
                                          value, isNull, !estate->atomic);
                break;
            }
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", target->dtype);
    }
}

References assign_simple_var(), PLpgSQL_execstate::atomic, PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datum_context, DatumGetPointer(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, datumTransfer(), PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, elog, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_cast_value(), exec_move_row(), exec_move_row_from_datum(), expand_array(), expanded_record_lookup_field(), expanded_record_set_field, PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::fnumber, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypeid, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypmod, instantiate_empty_record_variable(), PLpgSQL_var::isnull, PLpgSQL_var::notnull, PLpgSQL_rec::notnull, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE, PLpgSQL_var::promise, PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, PLpgSQL_var::refname, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, PLpgSQL_type::typbyval, type_is_rowtype(), PLpgSQL_type::typisarray, PLpgSQL_type::typlen, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, unlikely, value, PLpgSQL_var::value, and VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW.

Referenced by exec_assign_c_string(), exec_assign_expr(), exec_move_row_from_fields(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_getdiag(), and plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ exec_cast_value()

static Datum exec_cast_value	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		Datum	value,
		bool *	isnull,
		Oid	valtype,
		int32	valtypmod,
		Oid	reqtype,
		int32	reqtypmod
	)

inlinestatic

Definition at line 7884 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /*
     * If the type of the given value isn't what's requested, convert it.
     */
    if (valtype != reqtype ||
        (valtypmod != reqtypmod && reqtypmod != -1))
    {
        /* We keep the slow path out-of-line. */
        value = do_cast_value(estate, value, isnull, valtype, valtypmod,
                              reqtype, reqtypmod);
    }
 
    return value;
}

References do_cast_value(), and value.

Referenced by exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_integer(), exec_move_row_from_fields(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_return_next(), plpgsql_estate_setup(), and plpgsql_exec_function().

◆ exec_check_assignable()

static void exec_check_assignable	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		int	dno
	)

static

Definition at line 8568 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
 
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
    datum = estate->datums[dno];
    switch (datum->dtype)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
            if (((PLpgSQL_variable *) datum)->isconst)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_ERROR_IN_ASSIGNMENT),
                         errmsg("variable \"%s\" is declared CONSTANT",
                                ((PLpgSQL_variable *) datum)->refname)));
            break;
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
            /* always assignable; member vars were checked at compile time */
            break;
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
            /* assignable if parent record is */
            exec_check_assignable(estate,
                                  ((PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum)->recparentno);
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
            break;
    }
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, PLpgSQL_variable::dtype, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_check_assignable(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, and PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR.

Referenced by exec_check_assignable(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_open(), and make_callstmt_target().

◆ exec_check_rw_parameter()

static void exec_check_rw_parameter	(	PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		int	paramid
	)

static

Definition at line 8411 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Expr       *sexpr = expr->expr_simple_expr;
    Oid         funcid;
    List       *fargs;
    Oid         prosupport;
 
    /* Assume unsafe */
    expr->expr_rwopt = PLPGSQL_RWOPT_NOPE;
    expr->expr_rw_param = NULL;
 
    /* Shouldn't be here for non-simple expression */
    Assert(sexpr != NULL);
 
    /* Param should match the expression's assignment target, too */
    Assert(paramid == expr->target_param + 1);
 
    /*
     * If the assignment is to a "local" variable (one whose value won't
     * matter anymore if expression evaluation fails), and this Param is the
     * only reference to that variable in the expression, then we can
     * unconditionally optimize using the "transfer" method.
     */
    if (expr->target_is_local)
    {
        count_param_references_context context;
 
        /* See how many references there are, and find one of them */
        context.paramid = paramid;
        context.count = 0;
        context.last_param = NULL;
        (void) count_param_references((Node *) sexpr, &context);
 
        /* If we're here, the expr must contain some reference to the var */
        Assert(context.count > 0);
 
        /* If exactly one reference, success! */
        if (context.count == 1)
        {
            expr->expr_rwopt = PLPGSQL_RWOPT_TRANSFER;
            expr->expr_rw_param = context.last_param;
            return;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Otherwise, see if we can trust the expression's top-level function to
     * apply the "inplace" method.
     *
     * Top level of expression must be a simple FuncExpr, OpExpr, or
     * SubscriptingRef, else we can't identify which function is relevant. But
     * it's okay to look through any RelabelType above that, since that can't
     * fail.
     */
    if (IsA(sexpr, RelabelType))
        sexpr = ((RelabelType *) sexpr)->arg;
    if (IsA(sexpr, FuncExpr))
    {
        FuncExpr   *fexpr = (FuncExpr *) sexpr;
 
        funcid = fexpr->funcid;
        fargs = fexpr->args;
    }
    else if (IsA(sexpr, OpExpr))
    {
        OpExpr     *opexpr = (OpExpr *) sexpr;
 
        funcid = opexpr->opfuncid;
        fargs = opexpr->args;
    }
    else if (IsA(sexpr, SubscriptingRef))
    {
        SubscriptingRef *sbsref = (SubscriptingRef *) sexpr;
 
        funcid = get_typsubscript(sbsref->refcontainertype, NULL);
 
        /*
         * We assume that only the refexpr and refassgnexpr (if any) are
         * relevant to the support function's decision.  If that turns out to
         * be a bad idea, we could incorporate the subscript expressions into
         * the fargs list somehow.
         */
        fargs = list_make2(sbsref->refexpr, sbsref->refassgnexpr);
    }
    else
        return;
 
    /*
     * The top-level function must be one that can handle in-place update
     * safely.  We allow functions to declare their ability to do that via a
     * support function request.
     */
    prosupport = get_func_support(funcid);
    if (OidIsValid(prosupport))
    {
        SupportRequestModifyInPlace req;
        Param      *param;
 
        req.type = T_SupportRequestModifyInPlace;
        req.funcid = funcid;
        req.args = fargs;
        req.paramid = paramid;
 
        param = (Param *)
            DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
                                             PointerGetDatum(&req)));
 
        if (param == NULL)
            return;             /* support function fails */
 
        /* Verify support function followed the API */
        Assert(IsA(param, Param));
        Assert(param->paramkind == PARAM_EXTERN);
        Assert(param->paramid == paramid);
 
        /* Found the Param we want to pass as read/write */
        expr->expr_rwopt = PLPGSQL_RWOPT_INPLACE;
        expr->expr_rw_param = param;
        return;
    }
}

References FuncExpr::args, OpExpr::args, SupportRequestModifyInPlace::args, Assert(), count_param_references_context::count, count_param_references(), DatumGetPointer(), PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rw_param, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rwopt, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_expr, FuncExpr::funcid, SupportRequestModifyInPlace::funcid, get_func_support(), get_typsubscript(), IsA, count_param_references_context::last_param, list_make2, OidFunctionCall1, OidIsValid, PARAM_EXTERN, Param::paramid, SupportRequestModifyInPlace::paramid, count_param_references_context::paramid, Param::paramkind, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_INPLACE, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_NOPE, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_TRANSFER, PointerGetDatum(), SubscriptingRef::refassgnexpr, SubscriptingRef::refexpr, PLpgSQL_expr::target_is_local, PLpgSQL_expr::target_param, and SupportRequestModifyInPlace::type.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_eval_var_check().

◆ exec_dynquery_with_params()

static Portal exec_dynquery_with_params	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	dynquery,
		List *	params,
		const char *	portalname,
		int	cursorOptions
	)

static

Definition at line 8961 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Portal      portal;
    Datum       query;
    bool        isnull;
    Oid         restype;
    int32       restypmod;
    char       *querystr;
    SPIParseOpenOptions options;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
 
    /*
     * Evaluate the string expression after the EXECUTE keyword. Its result is
     * the querystring we have to execute.
     */
    query = exec_eval_expr(estate, dynquery, &isnull, &restype, &restypmod);
    if (isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("query string argument of EXECUTE is null")));
 
    /* Get the C-String representation */
    querystr = convert_value_to_string(estate, query, restype);
 
    /* copy it into the stmt_mcontext before we clean up */
    querystr = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, querystr);
 
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    /*
     * Open an implicit cursor for the query.  We use SPI_cursor_parse_open
     * even when there are no params, because this avoids making and freeing
     * one copy of the plan.
     */
    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
    options.params = exec_eval_using_params(estate, params);
    options.cursorOptions = cursorOptions;
    options.read_only = estate->readonly_func;
 
    portal = SPI_cursor_parse_open(portalname, querystr, &options);
 
    if (portal == NULL)
        elog(ERROR, "could not open implicit cursor for query \"%s\": %s",
             querystr, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
 
    /* Release transient data */
    MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    return portal;
}

References convert_value_to_string(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_eval_using_params(), get_stmt_mcontext(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextStrdup(), options, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, SPI_cursor_parse_open(), SPI_result, and SPI_result_code_string().

Referenced by exec_stmt_dynfors(), and exec_stmt_open().

◆ exec_eval_boolean()

static bool exec_eval_boolean	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		bool *	isNull
	)

static

Definition at line 5656 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Datum       exprdatum;
    Oid         exprtypeid;
    int32       exprtypmod;
 
    exprdatum = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, isNull, &exprtypeid, &exprtypmod);
    exprdatum = exec_cast_value(estate, exprdatum, isNull,
                                exprtypeid, exprtypmod,
                                BOOLOID, -1);
    return DatumGetBool(exprdatum);
}

References DatumGetBool(), exec_cast_value(), and exec_eval_expr().

Referenced by exec_stmt_assert(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_exit(), exec_stmt_if(), and exec_stmt_while().

◆ exec_eval_cleanup()

static void exec_eval_cleanup ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 4150 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /* Clear result of a full SPI_execute */
    if (estate->eval_tuptable != NULL)
        SPI_freetuptable(estate->eval_tuptable);
    estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Clear result of exec_eval_simple_expr (but keep the econtext).  This
     * also clears any short-lived allocations done via get_eval_mcontext.
     */
    if (estate->eval_econtext != NULL)
        ResetExprContext(estate->eval_econtext);
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_econtext, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_tuptable, ResetExprContext, and SPI_freetuptable().

Referenced by exec_assign_expr(), exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_eval_using_params(), exec_for_query(), exec_run_select(), exec_stmt_assert(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_exit(), exec_stmt_fetch(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_getdiag(), exec_stmt_if(), exec_stmt_open(), exec_stmt_perform(), exec_stmt_raise(), exec_stmt_return_next(), exec_stmt_return_query(), exec_stmt_while(), plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ exec_eval_datum()

static void exec_eval_datum	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	datum,
		Oid *	typeid,
		int32 *	typetypmod,
		Datum *	value,
		bool *	isnull
	)

static

Definition at line 5302 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    switch (datum->dtype)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
            /* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
            plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) datum);
 
            /* FALL THRU */
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
            {
                PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
 
                *typeid = var->datatype->typoid;
                *typetypmod = var->datatype->atttypmod;
                *value = var->value;
                *isnull = var->isnull;
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
            {
                PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) datum;
                HeapTuple   tup;
 
                /* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
                if (!row->rowtupdesc)   /* should not happen */
                    elog(ERROR, "row variable has no tupdesc");
                /* Make sure we have a valid type/typmod setting */
                BlessTupleDesc(row->rowtupdesc);
                oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
                tup = make_tuple_from_row(estate, row, row->rowtupdesc);
                if (tup == NULL)    /* should not happen */
                    elog(ERROR, "row not compatible with its own tupdesc");
                *typeid = row->rowtupdesc->tdtypeid;
                *typetypmod = row->rowtupdesc->tdtypmod;
                *value = HeapTupleGetDatum(tup);
                *isnull = false;
                MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
            {
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
 
                if (rec->erh == NULL)
                {
                    /* Treat uninstantiated record as a simple NULL */
                    *value = (Datum) 0;
                    *isnull = true;
                    /* Report variable's declared type */
                    *typeid = rec->rectypeid;
                    *typetypmod = -1;
                }
                else
                {
                    if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
                    {
                        /* Empty record is also a NULL */
                        *value = (Datum) 0;
                        *isnull = true;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        *value = ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh);
                        *isnull = false;
                    }
                    if (rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
                    {
                        /* Report variable's declared type, if not RECORD */
                        *typeid = rec->rectypeid;
                        *typetypmod = -1;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        /* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
                        *typeid = rec->erh->er_typeid;
                        *typetypmod = rec->erh->er_typmod;
                    }
                }
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
            {
                PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
                ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
 
                rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
                erh = rec->erh;
 
                /*
                 * If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
                 * named composite type, else complain.  (This won't change
                 * the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
                 */
                if (erh == NULL)
                {
                    instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
                    erh = rec->erh;
                }
 
                /*
                 * Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
                 * if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
                 */
                if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
                {
                    if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
                                                      recfield->fieldname,
                                                      &recfield->finfo))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                                 errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
                                        rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
                    recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                }
 
                /* Report type data. */
                *typeid = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
                *typetypmod = recfield->finfo.ftypmod;
 
                /* And fetch the field value. */
                *value = expanded_record_get_field(erh,
                                                   recfield->finfo.fnumber,
                                                   isnull);
                break;
            }
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
    }
}

References PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, BlessTupleDesc(), PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, elog, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_typeid, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_typmod, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expanded_record_get_field(), expanded_record_lookup_field(), ExpandedRecordGetDatum(), ExpandedRecordIsEmpty, PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::fnumber, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypeid, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypmod, get_eval_mcontext, HeapTupleGetDatum(), instantiate_empty_record_variable(), PLpgSQL_var::isnull, make_tuple_from_row(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, plpgsql_fulfill_promise(), PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, PLpgSQL_row::rowtupdesc, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypmod, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, unlikely, value, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmt_return(), format_expr_params(), make_tuple_from_row(), plpgsql_estate_setup(), plpgsql_param_eval_generic(), plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro(), and plpgsql_param_fetch().

◆ exec_eval_expr()

static Datum exec_eval_expr	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		bool *	isNull,
		Oid *	rettype,
		int32 *	rettypmod
	)

static

Definition at line 5679 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Datum       result = 0;
    int         rc;
    Form_pg_attribute attr;
 
    /*
     * If first time through, create a plan for this expression.
     */
    if (expr->plan == NULL)
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK);
 
    /*
     * If this is a simple expression, bypass SPI and use the executor
     * directly
     */
    if (exec_eval_simple_expr(estate, expr,
                              &result, isNull, rettype, rettypmod))
        return result;
 
    /*
     * Else do it the hard way via exec_run_select
     */
    rc = exec_run_select(estate, expr, 2, NULL);
    if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("query did not return data"),
                 errcontext("query: %s", expr->query)));
 
    /*
     * Check that the expression returns exactly one column...
     */
    if (estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg_plural("query returned %d column",
                               "query returned %d columns",
                               estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts,
                               estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc->natts),
                 errcontext("query: %s", expr->query)));
 
    /*
     * ... and get the column's datatype.
     */
    attr = TupleDescAttr(estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc, 0);
    *rettype = attr->atttypid;
    *rettypmod = attr->atttypmod;
 
    /*
     * If there are no rows selected, the result is a NULL of that type.
     */
    if (estate->eval_processed == 0)
    {
        *isNull = true;
        return (Datum) 0;
    }
 
    /*
     * Check that the expression returned no more than one row.
     */
    if (estate->eval_processed != 1)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_CARDINALITY_VIOLATION),
                 errmsg("query returned more than one row"),
                 errcontext("query: %s", expr->query)));
 
    /*
     * Return the single result Datum.
     */
    return SPI_getbinval(estate->eval_tuptable->vals[0],
                         estate->eval_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, isNull);
}

References CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, ereport, errcode(), errcontext, errmsg(), errmsg_plural(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_tuptable, exec_eval_simple_expr(), exec_prepare_plan(), exec_run_select(), TupleDescData::natts, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLpgSQL_expr::query, SPI_getbinval(), SPI_OK_SELECT, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, TupleDescAttr(), and SPITupleTable::vals.

Referenced by exec_assign_expr(), exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_integer(), exec_eval_using_params(), exec_stmt_assert(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_raise(), exec_stmt_return(), exec_stmt_return_next(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

◆ exec_eval_integer()

static int exec_eval_integer	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		bool *	isNull
	)

static

Definition at line 5633 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Datum       exprdatum;
    Oid         exprtypeid;
    int32       exprtypmod;
 
    exprdatum = exec_eval_expr(estate, expr, isNull, &exprtypeid, &exprtypmod);
    exprdatum = exec_cast_value(estate, exprdatum, isNull,
                                exprtypeid, exprtypmod,
                                INT4OID, -1);
    return DatumGetInt32(exprdatum);
}

References DatumGetInt32(), exec_cast_value(), and exec_eval_expr().

Referenced by exec_stmt_fetch().

◆ exec_eval_simple_expr()

static bool exec_eval_simple_expr	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		Datum *	result,
		bool *	isNull,
		Oid *	rettype,
		int32 *	rettypmod
	)

static

Definition at line 6029 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ExprContext *econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
    LocalTransactionId curlxid = MyProc->vxid.lxid;
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    void       *save_setup_arg;
    bool        need_snapshot;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /*
     * Forget it if expression wasn't simple before.
     */
    if (expr->expr_simple_expr == NULL)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * If expression is in use in current xact, don't touch it.
     */
    if (unlikely(expr->expr_simple_in_use) &&
        expr->expr_simple_lxid == curlxid)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * Ensure that there's a portal-level snapshot, in case this simple
     * expression is the first thing evaluated after a COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
     * We'd have to do this anyway before executing the expression, so we
     * might as well do it now to ensure that any possible replanning doesn't
     * need to take a new snapshot.
     */
    EnsurePortalSnapshotExists();
 
    /*
     * Check to see if the cached plan has been invalidated.  If not, and this
     * is the first use in the current transaction, save a plan refcount in
     * the simple-expression resowner.
     */
    if (likely(CachedPlanIsSimplyValid(expr->expr_simple_plansource,
                                       expr->expr_simple_plan,
                                       (expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid != curlxid ?
                                        estate->simple_eval_resowner : NULL))))
    {
        /*
         * It's still good, so just remember that we have a refcount on the
         * plan in the current transaction.  (If we already had one, this
         * assignment is a no-op.)
         */
        expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid = curlxid;
    }
    else
    {
        /* Need to replan */
        CachedPlan *cplan;
 
        /*
         * If we have a valid refcount on some previous version of the plan,
         * release it, so we don't leak plans intra-transaction.
         */
        if (expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid == curlxid)
            ReleaseCachedPlan(expr->expr_simple_plan,
                              estate->simple_eval_resowner);
 
        /*
         * Reset to "not simple" to leave sane state (with no dangling
         * pointers) in case we fail while replanning.  We'll need to
         * re-determine simplicity and R/W optimizability anyway, since those
         * could change with the new plan.  expr_simple_plansource can be left
         * alone however, as that cannot move.
         */
        expr->expr_simple_expr = NULL;
        expr->expr_rwopt = PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN;
        expr->expr_rw_param = NULL;
        expr->expr_simple_plan = NULL;
        expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 
        /* Do the replanning work in the eval_mcontext */
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
        cplan = SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(expr->plan);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        /*
         * We can't get a failure here, because the number of
         * CachedPlanSources in the SPI plan can't change from what
         * exec_simple_check_plan saw; it's a property of the raw parsetree
         * generated from the query text.
         */
        Assert(cplan != NULL);
 
        /*
         * Recheck exec_is_simple_query, which could now report false in
         * edge-case scenarios such as a non-SRF having been replaced with a
         * SRF.  Also recheck CachedPlanAllowsSimpleValidityCheck, just to be
         * sure.  If either test fails, cope by declaring the plan to be
         * non-simple.  On success, we'll acquire a refcount on the new plan,
         * stored in simple_eval_resowner.
         */
        if (exec_is_simple_query(expr) &&
            CachedPlanAllowsSimpleValidityCheck(expr->expr_simple_plansource,
                                                cplan,
                                                estate->simple_eval_resowner))
        {
            /* Remember that we have the refcount */
            expr->expr_simple_plan = cplan;
            expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid = curlxid;
        }
        else
        {
            /* Release SPI_plan_get_cached_plan's refcount */
            ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, CurrentResourceOwner);
            return false;
        }
 
        /*
         * SPI_plan_get_cached_plan acquired a plan refcount stored in the
         * active resowner.  We don't need that anymore, so release it.
         */
        ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, CurrentResourceOwner);
 
        /* Extract desired scalar expression from cached plan */
        exec_save_simple_expr(expr, cplan);
    }
 
    /*
     * Pass back previously-determined result type.
     */
    *rettype = expr->expr_simple_type;
    *rettypmod = expr->expr_simple_typmod;
 
    /*
     * Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor.  For safety, save and restore
     * estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg around our use of the param list.
     */
    paramLI = estate->paramLI;
    save_setup_arg = paramLI->parserSetupArg;
 
    /*
     * We can skip using setup_param_list() in favor of just doing this
     * unconditionally, because there's no need for the optimization of
     * possibly setting ecxt_param_list_info to NULL; we've already forced use
     * of a generic plan.
     */
    paramLI->parserSetupArg = expr;
    econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = paramLI;
 
    /*
     * Prepare the expression for execution, if it's not been done already in
     * the current transaction.  (This will be forced to happen if we called
     * exec_save_simple_expr above.)
     */
    if (unlikely(expr->expr_simple_lxid != curlxid))
    {
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->simple_eval_estate->es_query_cxt);
        expr->expr_simple_state =
            ExecInitExprWithParams(expr->expr_simple_expr,
                                   econtext->ecxt_param_list_info);
        expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
        expr->expr_simple_lxid = curlxid;
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    }
 
    /*
     * We have to do some of the things SPI_execute_plan would do, in
     * particular push a new snapshot so that stable functions within the
     * expression can see updates made so far by our own function.  However,
     * we can skip doing that (and just invoke the expression with the same
     * snapshot passed to our function) in some cases, which is useful because
     * it's quite expensive relative to the cost of a simple expression.  We
     * can skip it if the expression contains no stable or volatile functions;
     * immutable functions shouldn't need to see our updates.  Also, if this
     * is a read-only function, we haven't made any updates so again it's okay
     * to skip.
     */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    need_snapshot = (expr->expr_simple_mutable && !estate->readonly_func);
    if (need_snapshot)
    {
        CommandCounterIncrement();
        PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    }
 
    /*
     * Mark expression as busy for the duration of the ExecEvalExpr call.
     */
    expr->expr_simple_in_use = true;
 
    /*
     * Finally we can call the executor to evaluate the expression
     */
    *result = ExecEvalExpr(expr->expr_simple_state,
                           econtext,
                           isNull);
 
    /* Assorted cleanup */
    expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
 
    econtext->ecxt_param_list_info = NULL;
 
    paramLI->parserSetupArg = save_setup_arg;
 
    if (need_snapshot)
        PopActiveSnapshot();
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    /*
     * That's it.
     */
    return true;
}

Referenced by exec_eval_expr().

◆ exec_eval_using_params()

static ParamListInfo exec_eval_using_params	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		List *	params
	)

static

Definition at line 8879 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    int         nargs;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
    int         i;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* Fast path for no parameters: we can just return NULL */
    if (params == NIL)
        return NULL;
 
    nargs = list_length(params);
    stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
    paramLI = makeParamList(nargs);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    i = 0;
    foreach(lc, params)
    {
        PLpgSQL_expr *param = (PLpgSQL_expr *) lfirst(lc);
        ParamExternData *prm = &paramLI->params[i];
        int32       ppdtypmod;
 
        /*
         * Always mark params as const, since we only use the result with
         * one-shot plans.
         */
        prm->pflags = PARAM_FLAG_CONST;
 
        prm->value = exec_eval_expr(estate, param,
                                    &prm->isnull,
                                    &prm->ptype,
                                    &ppdtypmod);
 
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
 
        if (prm->ptype == UNKNOWNOID)
        {
            /*
             * Treat 'unknown' parameters as text, since that's what most
             * people would expect.  The SPI functions can coerce unknown
             * constants in a more intelligent way, but not unknown Params.
             * This code also takes care of copying into the right context.
             * Note we assume 'unknown' has the representation of C-string.
             */
            prm->ptype = TEXTOID;
            if (!prm->isnull)
                prm->value = CStringGetTextDatum(DatumGetCString(prm->value));
        }
        /* pass-by-ref non null values must be copied into stmt_mcontext */
        else if (!prm->isnull)
        {
            int16       typLen;
            bool        typByVal;
 
            get_typlenbyval(prm->ptype, &typLen, &typByVal);
            if (!typByVal)
                prm->value = datumCopy(prm->value, typByVal, typLen);
        }
 
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
        i++;
    }
 
    return paramLI;
}

References CStringGetTextDatum, datumCopy(), DatumGetCString(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), get_stmt_mcontext(), get_typlenbyval(), i, ParamExternData::isnull, lfirst, list_length(), makeParamList(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, PARAM_FLAG_CONST, ParamListInfoData::params, ParamExternData::pflags, ParamExternData::ptype, and ParamExternData::value.

Referenced by exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

◆ exec_for_query()

static int exec_for_query	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *	stmt,
		Portal	portal,
		bool	prefetch_ok
	)

static

Definition at line 5847 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_variable *var;
    SPITupleTable *tuptab;
    bool        found = false;
    int         rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
    uint64      previous_id = INVALID_TUPLEDESC_IDENTIFIER;
    bool        tupdescs_match = true;
    uint64      n;
 
    /* Fetch loop variable's datum entry */
    var = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->var->dno];
 
    /*
     * Make sure the portal doesn't get closed by the user statements we
     * execute.
     */
    PinPortal(portal);
 
    /*
     * In a non-atomic context, we dare not prefetch, even if it would
     * otherwise be safe.  Aside from any semantic hazards that that might
     * create, if we prefetch toasted data and then the user commits the
     * transaction, the toast references could turn into dangling pointers.
     * (Rows we haven't yet fetched from the cursor are safe, because the
     * PersistHoldablePortal mechanism handles this scenario.)
     */
    if (!estate->atomic)
        prefetch_ok = false;
 
    /*
     * Fetch the initial tuple(s).  If prefetching is allowed then we grab a
     * few more rows to avoid multiple trips through executor startup
     * overhead.
     */
    SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, prefetch_ok ? 10 : 1);
    tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
    n = SPI_processed;
 
    /*
     * If the query didn't return any rows, set the target to NULL and fall
     * through with found = false.
     */
    if (n == 0)
    {
        exec_move_row(estate, var, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    }
    else
        found = true;           /* processed at least one tuple */
 
    /*
     * Now do the loop
     */
    while (n > 0)
    {
        uint64      i;
 
        for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
        {
            /*
             * Assign the tuple to the target.  Here, because we know that all
             * loop iterations should be assigning the same tupdesc, we can
             * optimize away repeated creations of expanded records with
             * identical tupdescs.  Testing for changes of er_tupdesc_id is
             * reliable even if the loop body contains assignments that
             * replace the target's value entirely, because it's assigned from
             * a process-global counter.  The case where the tupdescs don't
             * match could possibly be handled more efficiently than this
             * coding does, but it's not clear extra effort is worthwhile.
             */
            if (var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
            {
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) var;
 
                if (rec->erh &&
                    rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id == previous_id &&
                    tupdescs_match)
                {
                    /* Only need to assign a new tuple value */
                    expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, tuptab->vals[i],
                                              true, !estate->atomic);
                }
                else
                {
                    /*
                     * First time through, or var's tupdesc changed in loop,
                     * or we have to do it the hard way because type coercion
                     * is needed.
                     */
                    exec_move_row(estate, var,
                                  tuptab->vals[i], tuptab->tupdesc);
 
                    /*
                     * Check to see if physical assignment is OK next time.
                     * Once the tupdesc comparison has failed once, we don't
                     * bother rechecking in subsequent loop iterations.
                     */
                    if (tupdescs_match)
                    {
                        tupdescs_match =
                            (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
                             rec->rectypeid == tuptab->tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
                             compatible_tupdescs(tuptab->tupdesc,
                                                 expanded_record_get_tupdesc(rec->erh)));
                    }
                    previous_id = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                }
            }
            else
                exec_move_row(estate, var, tuptab->vals[i], tuptab->tupdesc);
 
            exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
            /*
             * Execute the statements
             */
            rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
 
            LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, goto loop_exit);
        }
 
        SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
 
        /*
         * Fetch more tuples.  If prefetching is allowed, grab 50 at a time.
         */
        SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, prefetch_ok ? 50 : 1);
        tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
        n = SPI_processed;
    }
 
loop_exit:
 
    /*
     * Release last group of tuples (if any)
     */
    SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
 
    UnpinPortal(portal);
 
    /*
     * Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
     * (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set last so
     * that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
     * the loop processing itself.
     */
    exec_set_found(estate, found);
 
    return rc;
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::atomic, compatible_tupdescs(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_variable::dtype, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_move_row(), exec_set_found(), exec_stmts(), expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), expanded_record_set_tuple(), i, INVALID_TUPLEDESC_IDENTIFIER, LOOP_RC_PROCESSING, PinPortal(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, SPI_cursor_fetch(), SPI_freetuptable(), SPI_processed, SPI_tuptable, stmt, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, UnpinPortal(), and SPITupleTable::vals.

Referenced by exec_stmt_dynfors(), exec_stmt_forc(), and exec_stmt_fors().

◆ exec_init_tuple_store()

static void exec_init_tuple_store ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 3683 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ReturnSetInfo *rsi = estate->rsi;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
    ResourceOwner oldowner;
 
    /*
     * Check caller can handle a set result in the way we want
     */
    if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
 
    if (!(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize) ||
        rsi->expectedDesc == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("materialize mode required, but it is not allowed in this context")));
 
    /*
     * Switch to the right memory context and resource owner for storing the
     * tuplestore for return set. If we're within a subtransaction opened for
     * an exception-block, for example, we must still create the tuplestore in
     * the resource owner that was active when this function was entered, and
     * not in the subtransaction resource owner.
     */
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->tuple_store_cxt);
    oldowner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    CurrentResourceOwner = estate->tuple_store_owner;
 
    estate->tuple_store =
        tuplestore_begin_heap(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize_Random,
                              false, work_mem);
 
    CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    estate->tuple_store_desc = rsi->expectedDesc;
}

References ReturnSetInfo::allowedModes, CurrentResourceOwner, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ReturnSetInfo::expectedDesc, IsA, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLpgSQL_execstate::rsi, SFRM_Materialize, SFRM_Materialize_Random, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_cxt, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_desc, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_owner, tuplestore_begin_heap(), and work_mem.

Referenced by exec_stmt_return_next(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

◆ exec_is_simple_query()

static bool exec_is_simple_query ( PLpgSQL_expr * expr )

static

Definition at line 8215 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    List       *plansources;
    CachedPlanSource *plansource;
    Query      *query;
 
    /*
     * We can only test queries that resulted in exactly one CachedPlanSource.
     */
    plansources = SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(expr->plan);
    if (list_length(plansources) != 1)
        return false;
    plansource = (CachedPlanSource *) linitial(plansources);
 
    /*
     * 1. There must be one single querytree.
     */
    if (list_length(plansource->query_list) != 1)
        return false;
    query = (Query *) linitial(plansource->query_list);
 
    /*
     * 2. It must be a plain SELECT query without any input tables.
     */
    if (!IsA(query, Query))
        return false;
    if (query->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
        return false;
    if (query->rtable != NIL)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * 3. Can't have any subplans, aggregates, qual clauses either.  (These
     * tests should generally match what inline_function() checks before
     * inlining a SQL function; otherwise, inlining could change our
     * conclusion about whether an expression is simple, which we don't want.)
     */
    if (query->hasAggs ||
        query->hasWindowFuncs ||
        query->hasTargetSRFs ||
        query->hasSubLinks ||
        query->cteList ||
        query->jointree->fromlist ||
        query->jointree->quals ||
        query->groupClause ||
        query->groupingSets ||
        query->havingQual ||
        query->windowClause ||
        query->distinctClause ||
        query->sortClause ||
        query->limitOffset ||
        query->limitCount ||
        query->setOperations)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * 4. The query must have a single attribute as result.
     */
    if (list_length(query->targetList) != 1)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * OK, we can treat it as a simple plan.
     */
    return true;
}

References CMD_SELECT, Query::commandType, Query::cteList, Query::distinctClause, FromExpr::fromlist, Query::groupClause, Query::groupingSets, Query::havingQual, IsA, Query::jointree, Query::limitCount, Query::limitOffset, linitial, list_length(), NIL, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, FromExpr::quals, CachedPlanSource::query_list, Query::rtable, Query::setOperations, Query::sortClause, SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(), Query::targetList, and Query::windowClause.

Referenced by exec_eval_simple_expr(), and exec_simple_check_plan().

◆ exec_move_row()

static void exec_move_row	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_variable *	target,
		HeapTuple	tup,
		TupleDesc	tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 6913 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh = NULL;
 
    /*
     * If target is RECORD, we may be able to avoid field-by-field processing.
     */
    if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
    {
        PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
 
        /*
         * If we have no source tupdesc, just set the record variable to NULL.
         * (If we have a source tupdesc but not a tuple, we'll set the
         * variable to a row of nulls, instead.  This is odd perhaps, but
         * backwards compatible.)
         */
        if (tupdesc == NULL)
        {
            if (rec->datatype &&
                rec->datatype->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
            {
                /*
                 * If it's a composite domain, NULL might not be a legal
                 * value, so we instead need to make an empty expanded record
                 * and ensure that domain type checking gets done.  If there
                 * is already an expanded record, piggyback on its lookups.
                 */
                newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec,
                                                      NULL, rec->erh);
                expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, NULL, false, false);
                assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
            }
            else
            {
                /* Just clear it to NULL */
                if (rec->erh)
                    DeleteExpandedObject(ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh));
                rec->erh = NULL;
            }
            return;
        }
 
        /*
         * Build a new expanded record with appropriate tupdesc.
         */
        newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec, tupdesc, NULL);
 
        /*
         * If the rowtypes match, or if we have no tuple anyway, we can
         * complete the assignment without field-by-field processing.
         *
         * The tests here are ordered more or less in order of cheapness.  We
         * can easily detect it will work if the target is declared RECORD or
         * has the same typeid as the source.  But when assigning from a query
         * result, it's common to have a source tupdesc that's labeled RECORD
         * but is actually physically compatible with a named-composite-type
         * target, so it's worth spending extra cycles to check for that.
         */
        if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
            rec->rectypeid == tupdesc->tdtypeid ||
            !HeapTupleIsValid(tup) ||
            compatible_tupdescs(tupdesc, expanded_record_get_tupdesc(newerh)))
        {
            if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
            {
                /* No data, so force the record into all-nulls state */
                deconstruct_expanded_record(newerh);
            }
            else
            {
                /* No coercion is needed, so just assign the row value */
                expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, tup, true, !estate->atomic);
            }
 
            /* Complete the assignment */
            assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
 
            return;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Otherwise, deconstruct the tuple and do field-by-field assignment,
     * using exec_move_row_from_fields.
     */
    if (tupdesc && HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    {
        int         td_natts = tupdesc->natts;
        Datum      *values;
        bool       *nulls;
        Datum       values_local[64];
        bool        nulls_local[64];
 
        /*
         * Need workspace arrays.  If td_natts is small enough, use local
         * arrays to save doing a palloc.  Even if it's not small, we can
         * allocate both the Datum and isnull arrays in one palloc chunk.
         */
        if (td_natts <= lengthof(values_local))
        {
            values = values_local;
            nulls = nulls_local;
        }
        else
        {
            char       *chunk;
 
            chunk = eval_mcontext_alloc(estate,
                                        td_natts * (sizeof(Datum) + sizeof(bool)));
            values = (Datum *) chunk;
            nulls = (bool *) (chunk + td_natts * sizeof(Datum));
        }
 
        heap_deform_tuple(tup, tupdesc, values, nulls);
 
        exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
                                  values, nulls, tupdesc);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Assign all-nulls.
         */
        exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
                                  NULL, NULL, NULL);
    }
}

References assign_record_var(), PLpgSQL_execstate::atomic, compatible_tupdescs(), PLpgSQL_rec::datatype, deconstruct_expanded_record(), DeleteExpandedObject(), PLpgSQL_variable::dtype, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, eval_mcontext_alloc, exec_move_row_from_fields(), expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), expanded_record_set_tuple(), ExpandedRecordGetDatum(), heap_deform_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, lengthof, make_expanded_record_for_rec(), TupleDescData::natts, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, TupleDescData::tdtypeid, PLpgSQL_type::typtype, and values.

Referenced by exec_assign_value(), exec_for_query(), exec_move_row_from_datum(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_fetch(), and plpgsql_exec_function().

◆ exec_move_row_from_datum()

static void exec_move_row_from_datum	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_variable *	target,
		Datum	value
	)

static

Definition at line 7587 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /* Check to see if source is an expanded record */
    if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(value)))
    {
        ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(value);
        ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh = NULL;
 
        Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
 
        /* These cases apply if the target is record not row... */
        if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
        {
            PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
 
            /*
             * If it's the same record already stored in the variable, do
             * nothing.  This would happen only in silly cases like "r := r",
             * but we need some check to avoid possibly freeing the variable's
             * live value below.  Note that this applies even if what we have
             * is a R/O pointer.
             */
            if (erh == rec->erh)
                return;
 
            /*
             * Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it.
             */
            revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
 
            /*
             * If we have a R/W pointer, we're allowed to just commandeer
             * ownership of the expanded record.  If it's of the right type to
             * put into the record variable, do that.  (Note we don't accept
             * an expanded record of a composite-domain type as a RECORD
             * value.  We'll treat it as the base composite type instead;
             * compare logic in make_expanded_record_for_rec.)
             */
            if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(value)) &&
                (rec->rectypeid == erh->er_decltypeid ||
                 (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID &&
                  !ExpandedRecordIsDomain(erh))))
            {
                assign_record_var(estate, rec, erh);
                return;
            }
 
            /*
             * If we already have an expanded record object in the target
             * variable, and the source record contains a valid tuple
             * representation with the right rowtype, then we can skip making
             * a new expanded record and just assign the tuple with
             * expanded_record_set_tuple.  (We can't do the equivalent if we
             * have to do field-by-field assignment, since that wouldn't be
             * atomic if there's an error.)  We consider that there's a
             * rowtype match only if it's the same named composite type or
             * same registered rowtype; checking for matches of anonymous
             * rowtypes would be more expensive than this is worth.
             */
            if (rec->erh &&
                (erh->flags & ER_FLAG_FVALUE_VALID) &&
                erh->er_typeid == rec->erh->er_typeid &&
                (erh->er_typeid != RECORDOID ||
                 (erh->er_typmod == rec->erh->er_typmod &&
                  erh->er_typmod >= 0)))
            {
                expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, erh->fvalue,
                                          true, !estate->atomic);
                return;
            }
 
            /*
             * Otherwise we're gonna need a new expanded record object.  Make
             * it here in hopes of piggybacking on the source object's
             * previous typcache lookup.
             */
            newerh = make_expanded_record_for_rec(estate, rec, NULL, erh);
 
            /*
             * If the expanded record contains a valid tuple representation,
             * and we don't need rowtype conversion, then just copying the
             * tuple is probably faster than field-by-field processing.  (This
             * isn't duplicative of the previous check, since here we will
             * catch the case where the record variable was previously empty.)
             */
            if ((erh->flags & ER_FLAG_FVALUE_VALID) &&
                (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID ||
                 rec->rectypeid == erh->er_typeid))
            {
                expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, erh->fvalue,
                                          true, !estate->atomic);
                assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
                return;
            }
 
            /*
             * Need to special-case empty source record, else code below would
             * leak newerh.
             */
            if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(erh))
            {
                /* Set newerh to a row of NULLs */
                deconstruct_expanded_record(newerh);
                assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
                return;
            }
        }                       /* end of record-target-only cases */
 
        /*
         * If the source expanded record is empty, we should treat that like a
         * NULL tuple value.  (We're unlikely to see such a case, but we must
         * check this; deconstruct_expanded_record would cause a change of
         * logical state, which is not OK.)
         */
        if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(erh))
        {
            exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL,
                          expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh));
            return;
        }
 
        /*
         * Otherwise, ensure that the source record is deconstructed, and
         * assign from its field values.
         */
        deconstruct_expanded_record(erh);
        exec_move_row_from_fields(estate, target, newerh,
                                  erh->dvalues, erh->dnulls,
                                  expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh));
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Nope, we've got a plain composite Datum.  Deconstruct it; but we
         * don't use deconstruct_composite_datum(), because we may be able to
         * skip calling lookup_rowtype_tupdesc().
         */
        HeapTupleHeader td;
        HeapTupleData tmptup;
        Oid         tupType;
        int32       tupTypmod;
        TupleDesc   tupdesc;
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        /* Ensure that any detoasted data winds up in the eval_mcontext */
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
        /* Get tuple body (note this could involve detoasting) */
        td = DatumGetHeapTupleHeader(value);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        /* Build a temporary HeapTuple control structure */
        tmptup.t_len = HeapTupleHeaderGetDatumLength(td);
        ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self));
        tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid;
        tmptup.t_data = td;
 
        /* Extract rowtype info */
        tupType = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypeId(td);
        tupTypmod = HeapTupleHeaderGetTypMod(td);
 
        /* Now, if the target is record not row, maybe we can optimize ... */
        if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
        {
            PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
 
            /*
             * If we already have an expanded record object in the target
             * variable, and the source datum has a matching rowtype, then we
             * can skip making a new expanded record and just assign the tuple
             * with expanded_record_set_tuple.  We consider that there's a
             * rowtype match only if it's the same named composite type or
             * same registered rowtype.  (Checking to reject an anonymous
             * rowtype here should be redundant, but let's be safe.)
             */
            if (rec->erh &&
                tupType == rec->erh->er_typeid &&
                (tupType != RECORDOID ||
                 (tupTypmod == rec->erh->er_typmod &&
                  tupTypmod >= 0)))
            {
                expanded_record_set_tuple(rec->erh, &tmptup,
                                          true, !estate->atomic);
                return;
            }
 
            /*
             * If the source datum has a rowtype compatible with the target
             * variable, just build a new expanded record and assign the tuple
             * into it.  Using make_expanded_record_from_typeid() here saves
             * one typcache lookup compared to the code below.
             */
            if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID || rec->rectypeid == tupType)
            {
                ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh;
                MemoryContext mcontext = get_eval_mcontext(estate);
 
                newerh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(tupType, tupTypmod,
                                                          mcontext);
                expanded_record_set_tuple(newerh, &tmptup,
                                          true, !estate->atomic);
                assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
                return;
            }
 
            /*
             * Otherwise, we're going to need conversion, so fall through to
             * do it the hard way.
             */
        }
 
        /*
         * ROW target, or unoptimizable RECORD target, so we have to expend a
         * lookup to obtain the source datum's tupdesc.
         */
        tupdesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(tupType, tupTypmod);
 
        /* Do the move */
        exec_move_row(estate, target, &tmptup, tupdesc);
 
        /* Release tupdesc usage count */
        ReleaseTupleDesc(tupdesc);
    }
}

Referenced by exec_assign_value(), and plpgsql_exec_function().

◆ exec_move_row_from_fields()

static void exec_move_row_from_fields	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_variable *	target,
		ExpandedRecordHeader *	newerh,
		Datum *	values,
		bool *	nulls,
		TupleDesc	tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 7191 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         td_natts = tupdesc ? tupdesc->natts : 0;
    int         fnum;
    int         anum;
    int         strict_multiassignment_level = 0;
 
    /*
     * The extra check strict strict_multi_assignment can be active, only when
     * input tupdesc is specified.
     */
    if (tupdesc != NULL)
    {
        if (plpgsql_extra_errors & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_STRICTMULTIASSIGNMENT)
            strict_multiassignment_level = ERROR;
        else if (plpgsql_extra_warnings & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_STRICTMULTIASSIGNMENT)
            strict_multiassignment_level = WARNING;
    }
 
    /* Handle RECORD-target case */
    if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
    {
        PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) target;
        TupleDesc   var_tupdesc;
        Datum       newvalues_local[64];
        bool        newnulls_local[64];
 
        Assert(newerh != NULL); /* caller must have built new object */
 
        var_tupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(newerh);
 
        /*
         * Coerce field values if needed.  This might involve dealing with
         * different sets of dropped columns and/or coercing individual column
         * types.  That's sort of a pain, but historically plpgsql has allowed
         * it, so we preserve the behavior.  However, it's worth a quick check
         * to see if the tupdescs are identical.  (Since expandedrecord.c
         * prefers to use refcounted tupdescs from the typcache, expanded
         * records with the same rowtype will have pointer-equal tupdescs.)
         */
        if (var_tupdesc != tupdesc)
        {
            int         vtd_natts = var_tupdesc->natts;
            Datum      *newvalues;
            bool       *newnulls;
 
            /*
             * Need workspace arrays.  If vtd_natts is small enough, use local
             * arrays to save doing a palloc.  Even if it's not small, we can
             * allocate both the Datum and isnull arrays in one palloc chunk.
             */
            if (vtd_natts <= lengthof(newvalues_local))
            {
                newvalues = newvalues_local;
                newnulls = newnulls_local;
            }
            else
            {
                char       *chunk;
 
                chunk = eval_mcontext_alloc(estate,
                                            vtd_natts * (sizeof(Datum) + sizeof(bool)));
                newvalues = (Datum *) chunk;
                newnulls = (bool *) (chunk + vtd_natts * sizeof(Datum));
            }
 
            /* Walk over destination columns */
            anum = 0;
            for (fnum = 0; fnum < vtd_natts; fnum++)
            {
                Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(var_tupdesc, fnum);
                Datum       value;
                bool        isnull;
                Oid         valtype;
                int32       valtypmod;
 
                if (attr->attisdropped)
                {
                    /* expanded_record_set_fields should ignore this column */
                    continue;   /* skip dropped column in record */
                }
 
                while (anum < td_natts &&
                       TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
                    anum++;     /* skip dropped column in tuple */
 
                if (anum < td_natts)
                {
                    value = values[anum];
                    isnull = nulls[anum];
                    valtype = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypid;
                    valtypmod = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypmod;
                    anum++;
                }
                else
                {
                    /* no source for destination column */
                    value = (Datum) 0;
                    isnull = true;
                    valtype = UNKNOWNOID;
                    valtypmod = -1;
 
                    /* When source value is missing */
                    if (strict_multiassignment_level)
                        ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
                        /* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
                                 errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
                                           "strict_multi_assignment",
                                           strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
                                           "extra_warnings"),
                                 errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
                }
 
                /* Cast the new value to the right type, if needed. */
                newvalues[fnum] = exec_cast_value(estate,
                                                  value,
                                                  &isnull,
                                                  valtype,
                                                  valtypmod,
                                                  attr->atttypid,
                                                  attr->atttypmod);
                newnulls[fnum] = isnull;
            }
 
            /*
             * When strict_multiassignment extra check is active, then ensure
             * there are no unassigned source attributes.
             */
            if (strict_multiassignment_level && anum < td_natts)
            {
                /* skip dropped columns in the source descriptor */
                while (anum < td_natts &&
                       TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
                    anum++;
 
                if (anum < td_natts)
                    ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                             errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
                    /* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
                             errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
                                       "strict_multi_assignment",
                                       strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
                                       "extra_warnings"),
                             errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
            }
 
            values = newvalues;
            nulls = newnulls;
        }
 
        /* Insert the coerced field values into the new expanded record */
        expanded_record_set_fields(newerh, values, nulls, !estate->atomic);
 
        /* Complete the assignment */
        assign_record_var(estate, rec, newerh);
 
        return;
    }
 
    /* newerh should not have been passed in non-RECORD cases */
    Assert(newerh == NULL);
 
    /*
     * For a row, we assign the individual field values to the variables the
     * row points to.
     *
     * NOTE: both this code and the record code above silently ignore extra
     * columns in the source and assume NULL for missing columns.  This is
     * pretty dubious but it's the historical behavior.
     *
     * If we have no input data at all, we'll assign NULL to all columns of
     * the row variable.
     */
    if (target->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW)
    {
        PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) target;
 
        anum = 0;
        for (fnum = 0; fnum < row->nfields; fnum++)
        {
            PLpgSQL_var *var;
            Datum       value;
            bool        isnull;
            Oid         valtype;
            int32       valtypmod;
 
            var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[row->varnos[fnum]]);
 
            while (anum < td_natts &&
                   TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
                anum++;         /* skip dropped column in tuple */
 
            if (anum < td_natts)
            {
                value = values[anum];
                isnull = nulls[anum];
                valtype = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypid;
                valtypmod = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->atttypmod;
                anum++;
            }
            else
            {
                /* no source for destination column */
                value = (Datum) 0;
                isnull = true;
                valtype = UNKNOWNOID;
                valtypmod = -1;
 
                if (strict_multiassignment_level)
                    ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                             errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
                    /* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
                             errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
                                       "strict_multi_assignment",
                                       strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
                                       "extra_warnings"),
                             errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
            }
 
            exec_assign_value(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
                              value, isnull, valtype, valtypmod);
        }
 
        /*
         * When strict_multiassignment extra check is active, ensure there are
         * no unassigned source attributes.
         */
        if (strict_multiassignment_level && anum < td_natts)
        {
            while (anum < td_natts &&
                   TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, anum)->attisdropped)
                anum++;         /* skip dropped column in tuple */
 
            if (anum < td_natts)
                ereport(strict_multiassignment_level,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                         errmsg("number of source and target fields in assignment does not match"),
                /* translator: %s represents a name of an extra check */
                         errdetail("%s check of %s is active.",
                                   "strict_multi_assignment",
                                   strict_multiassignment_level == ERROR ? "extra_errors" :
                                   "extra_warnings"),
                         errhint("Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns.")));
        }
 
        return;
    }
 
    elog(ERROR, "unsupported target type: %d", target->dtype);
}

References Assert(), assign_record_var(), PLpgSQL_execstate::atomic, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_variable::dtype, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, eval_mcontext_alloc, exec_assign_value(), exec_cast_value(), expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), expanded_record_set_fields(), lengthof, TupleDescData::natts, PLpgSQL_row::nfields, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, plpgsql_extra_errors, plpgsql_extra_warnings, PLPGSQL_XCHECK_STRICTMULTIASSIGNMENT, TupleDescAttr(), value, values, PLpgSQL_row::varnos, and WARNING.

Referenced by exec_move_row(), and exec_move_row_from_datum().

◆ exec_prepare_plan()

static void exec_prepare_plan	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		int	cursorOptions
	)

static

Definition at line 4187 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    SPIPlanPtr  plan;
    SPIPrepareOptions options;
 
    /*
     * Generate and save the plan
     */
    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
    options.parserSetup = (ParserSetupHook) plpgsql_parser_setup;
    options.parserSetupArg = expr;
    options.parseMode = expr->parseMode;
    options.cursorOptions = cursorOptions;
    plan = SPI_prepare_extended(expr->query, &options);
    if (plan == NULL)
        elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare_extended failed for \"%s\": %s",
             expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
 
    SPI_keepplan(plan);
    expr->plan = plan;
 
    /* Check to see if it's a simple expression */
    exec_simple_check_plan(estate, expr);
}

References elog, ERROR, exec_simple_check_plan(), options, PLpgSQL_expr::parseMode, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, plan, plpgsql_parser_setup(), PLpgSQL_expr::query, SPI_keepplan(), SPI_prepare_extended(), SPI_result, and SPI_result_code_string().

Referenced by exec_assign_expr(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_run_select(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_open(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

◆ exec_run_select()

static int exec_run_select	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		long	maxtuples,
		Portal *	portalP
	)

static

Definition at line 5763 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    int         rc;
 
    /*
     * On the first call for this expression generate the plan.
     *
     * If we don't need to return a portal, then we're just going to execute
     * the query immediately, which means it's OK to use a parallel plan, even
     * if the number of rows being fetched is limited.  If we do need to
     * return a portal (i.e., this is for a FOR loop), the user's code might
     * invoke additional operations inside the FOR loop, making parallel query
     * unsafe.  In any case, we don't expect any cursor operations to be done,
     * so specify NO_SCROLL for efficiency and semantic safety.
     */
    if (expr->plan == NULL)
    {
        int         cursorOptions = CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL;
 
        if (portalP == NULL)
            cursorOptions |= CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK;
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, cursorOptions);
    }
 
    /*
     * Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor
     */
    paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
 
    /*
     * If a portal was requested, put the query and paramlist into the portal
     */
    if (portalP != NULL)
    {
        *portalP = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(NULL, expr->plan,
                                                  paramLI,
                                                  estate->readonly_func);
        if (*portalP == NULL)
            elog(ERROR, "could not open implicit cursor for query \"%s\": %s",
                 expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        return SPI_OK_CURSOR;
    }
 
    /*
     * Execute the query
     */
    rc = SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(expr->plan, paramLI,
                                         estate->readonly_func, maxtuples);
    if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
    {
        /*
         * SELECT INTO deserves a special error message, because "query is not
         * a SELECT" is not very helpful in that case.
         */
        if (rc == SPI_OK_SELINTO)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("query is SELECT INTO, but it should be plain SELECT"),
                     errcontext("query: %s", expr->query)));
        else
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("query is not a SELECT"),
                     errcontext("query: %s", expr->query)));
    }
 
    /* Save query results for eventual cleanup */
    Assert(estate->eval_tuptable == NULL);
    estate->eval_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
    estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
 
    return rc;
}

References Assert(), CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, elog, ereport, errcode(), errcontext, errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_tuptable, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_prepare_plan(), PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLpgSQL_expr::query, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, setup_param_list(), SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(), SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(), SPI_OK_CURSOR, SPI_OK_SELECT, SPI_OK_SELINTO, SPI_processed, SPI_result, SPI_result_code_string(), and SPI_tuptable.

Referenced by exec_eval_expr(), exec_stmt_fors(), and exec_stmt_perform().

◆ exec_save_simple_expr()

static void exec_save_simple_expr	(	PLpgSQL_expr *	expr,
		CachedPlan *	cplan
	)

static

Definition at line 8286 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PlannedStmt *stmt;
    Plan       *plan;
    Expr       *tle_expr;
 
    /*
     * Given the checks that exec_simple_check_plan did, none of the Asserts
     * here should ever fail.
     */
 
    /* Extract the single PlannedStmt */
    Assert(list_length(cplan->stmt_list) == 1);
    stmt = linitial_node(PlannedStmt, cplan->stmt_list);
    Assert(stmt->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
 
    /*
     * Ordinarily, the plan node should be a simple Result.  However, if
     * debug_parallel_query is on, the planner might've stuck a Gather node
     * atop that; and/or if this plan is for a scrollable cursor, the planner
     * might've stuck a Material node atop it.  The simplest way to deal with
     * this is to look through the Gather and/or Material nodes.  The upper
     * node's tlist would normally contain a Var referencing the child node's
     * output ... but setrefs.c might also have copied a Const as-is.
     */
    plan = stmt->planTree;
    for (;;)
    {
        /* Extract the single tlist expression */
        Assert(list_length(plan->targetlist) == 1);
        tle_expr = linitial_node(TargetEntry, plan->targetlist)->expr;
 
        if (IsA(plan, Result))
        {
            Assert(plan->lefttree == NULL &&
                   plan->righttree == NULL &&
                   plan->initPlan == NULL &&
                   plan->qual == NULL &&
                   ((Result *) plan)->resconstantqual == NULL);
            break;
        }
        else if (IsA(plan, Gather) || IsA(plan, Material))
        {
            Assert(plan->lefttree != NULL &&
                   plan->righttree == NULL &&
                   plan->initPlan == NULL &&
                   plan->qual == NULL);
            /* If setrefs.c copied up a Const, no need to look further */
            if (IsA(tle_expr, Const))
                break;
            /* Otherwise, it better be an outer Var */
            Assert(IsA(tle_expr, Var));
            Assert(((Var *) tle_expr)->varno == OUTER_VAR);
            /* Descend to the child node */
            plan = plan->lefttree;
        }
        else
            elog(ERROR, "unexpected plan node type: %d",
                 (int) nodeTag(plan));
    }
 
    /*
     * Save the simple expression, and initialize state to "not valid in
     * current transaction".
     */
    expr->expr_simple_expr = tle_expr;
    expr->expr_simple_state = NULL;
    expr->expr_simple_in_use = false;
    expr->expr_simple_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
    /* Also stash away the expression result type */
    expr->expr_simple_type = exprType((Node *) tle_expr);
    expr->expr_simple_typmod = exprTypmod((Node *) tle_expr);
    /* We also want to remember if it is immutable or not */
    expr->expr_simple_mutable = contain_mutable_functions((Node *) tle_expr);
}

References Assert(), CMD_SELECT, contain_mutable_functions(), elog, ERROR, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_expr, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_in_use, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_lxid, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_mutable, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_state, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_type, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_typmod, exprType(), exprTypmod(), InvalidLocalTransactionId, IsA, linitial_node, list_length(), nodeTag, OUTER_VAR, plan, stmt, and CachedPlan::stmt_list.

Referenced by exec_eval_simple_expr(), and exec_simple_check_plan().

◆ exec_set_found()

static void exec_set_found	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		bool	state
	)

static

Definition at line 8604 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
 
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[estate->found_varno]);
    assign_simple_var(estate, var, BoolGetDatum(state), false, false);
}

References assign_simple_var(), BoolGetDatum(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, and PLpgSQL_execstate::found_varno.

Referenced by exec_for_query(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_fetch(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_perform(), exec_stmt_return_query(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ exec_simple_check_plan()

static void exec_simple_check_plan	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr
	)

static

Definition at line 8143 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    List       *plansources;
    CachedPlanSource *plansource;
    CachedPlan *cplan;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /*
     * Initialize to "not simple", and reset R/W optimizability.
     */
    expr->expr_simple_expr = NULL;
    expr->expr_rwopt = PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN;
    expr->expr_rw_param = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Check the analyzed-and-rewritten form of the query to see if we will be
     * able to treat it as a simple expression.  Since this function is only
     * called immediately after creating the CachedPlanSource, we need not
     * worry about the query being stale.
     */
    if (!exec_is_simple_query(expr))
        return;
 
    /* exec_is_simple_query verified that there's just one CachedPlanSource */
    plansources = SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(expr->plan);
    plansource = (CachedPlanSource *) linitial(plansources);
 
    /*
     * Get the generic plan for the query.  If replanning is needed, do that
     * work in the eval_mcontext.  (Note that replanning could throw an error,
     * in which case the expr is left marked "not simple", which is fine.)
     */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    cplan = SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(expr->plan);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    /* Can't fail, because we checked for a single CachedPlanSource above */
    Assert(cplan != NULL);
 
    /*
     * Verify that plancache.c thinks the plan is simple enough to use
     * CachedPlanIsSimplyValid.  Given the restrictions above, it's unlikely
     * that this could fail, but if it does, just treat plan as not simple. On
     * success, save a refcount on the plan in the simple-expression resowner.
     */
    if (CachedPlanAllowsSimpleValidityCheck(plansource, cplan,
                                            estate->simple_eval_resowner))
    {
        /* Remember that we have the refcount */
        expr->expr_simple_plansource = plansource;
        expr->expr_simple_plan = cplan;
        expr->expr_simple_plan_lxid = MyProc->vxid.lxid;
 
        /* Share the remaining work with the replan code path */
        exec_save_simple_expr(expr, cplan);
    }
 
    /*
     * Release the plan refcount obtained by SPI_plan_get_cached_plan.  (This
     * refcount is held by the wrong resowner, so we can't just repurpose it.)
     */
    ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, CurrentResourceOwner);
}

References Assert(), CachedPlanAllowsSimpleValidityCheck(), CurrentResourceOwner, exec_is_simple_query(), exec_save_simple_expr(), PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rw_param, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rwopt, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_expr, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_plan, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_plan_lxid, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_plansource, get_eval_mcontext, linitial, PGPROC::lxid, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MyProc, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN, ReleaseCachedPlan(), PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_resowner, SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(), SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(), and PGPROC::vxid.

Referenced by exec_prepare_plan().

◆ exec_stmt_assert()

static int exec_stmt_assert	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_assert *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3950 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    bool        value;
    bool        isnull;
 
    /* do nothing when asserts are not enabled */
    if (!plpgsql_check_asserts)
        return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
 
    value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    if (isnull || !value)
    {
        char       *message = NULL;
 
        if (stmt->message != NULL)
        {
            Datum       val;
            Oid         typeid;
            int32       typmod;
 
            val = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->message,
                                 &isnull, &typeid, &typmod);
            if (!isnull)
                message = convert_value_to_string(estate, val, typeid);
            /* we mustn't do exec_eval_cleanup here */
        }
 
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_ASSERT_FAILURE),
                 message ? errmsg_internal("%s", message) :
                 errmsg("assertion failed")));
    }
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References convert_value_to_string(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ERROR, exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), plpgsql_check_asserts, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, stmt, val, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_assign()

static int exec_stmt_assign	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_assign *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2164 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Assert(stmt->varno >= 0);
 
    exec_assign_expr(estate, estate->datums[stmt->varno], stmt->expr);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, exec_assign_expr(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_block()

static int exec_stmt_block	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_block *	block
	)

static

Definition at line 1663 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    volatile int rc = -1;
    int         i;
 
    /*
     * First initialize all variables declared in this block
     */
    estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block local variable initialization");
 
    for (i = 0; i < block->n_initvars; i++)
    {
        int         n = block->initvarnos[i];
        PLpgSQL_datum *datum = estate->datums[n];
 
        /*
         * The set of dtypes handled here must match plpgsql_add_initdatums().
         *
         * Note that we currently don't support promise datums within blocks,
         * only at a function's outermost scope, so we needn't handle those
         * here.
         *
         * Since RECFIELD isn't a supported case either, it's okay to cast the
         * PLpgSQL_datum to PLpgSQL_variable.
         */
        estate->err_var = (PLpgSQL_variable *) datum;
 
        switch (datum->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
 
                    /*
                     * Free any old value, in case re-entering block, and
                     * initialize to NULL
                     */
                    assign_simple_var(estate, var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
 
                    if (var->default_val == NULL)
                    {
                        /*
                         * If needed, give the datatype a chance to reject
                         * NULLs, by assigning a NULL to the variable.  We
                         * claim the value is of type UNKNOWN, not the var's
                         * datatype, else coercion will be skipped.
                         */
                        if (var->datatype->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
                            exec_assign_value(estate,
                                              (PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
                                              (Datum) 0,
                                              true,
                                              UNKNOWNOID,
                                              -1);
 
                        /* parser should have rejected NOT NULL */
                        Assert(!var->notnull);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        exec_assign_expr(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) var,
                                         var->default_val);
                    }
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
 
                    /*
                     * Deletion of any existing object will be handled during
                     * the assignments below, and in some cases it's more
                     * efficient for us not to get rid of it beforehand.
                     */
                    if (rec->default_val == NULL)
                    {
                        /*
                         * If needed, give the datatype a chance to reject
                         * NULLs, by assigning a NULL to the variable.
                         */
                        exec_move_row(estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
                                      NULL, NULL);
 
                        /* parser should have rejected NOT NULL */
                        Assert(!rec->notnull);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        exec_assign_expr(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) rec,
                                         rec->default_val);
                    }
                }
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
        }
    }
 
    estate->err_var = NULL;
 
    if (block->exceptions)
    {
        /*
         * Execute the statements in the block's body inside a sub-transaction
         */
        MemoryContext oldcontext = CurrentMemoryContext;
        ResourceOwner oldowner = CurrentResourceOwner;
        ExprContext *old_eval_econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
        ErrorData  *save_cur_error = estate->cur_error;
        MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
 
        estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block entry");
 
        /*
         * We will need a stmt_mcontext to hold the error data if an error
         * occurs.  It seems best to force it to exist before entering the
         * subtransaction, so that we reduce the risk of out-of-memory during
         * error recovery, and because this greatly simplifies restoring the
         * stmt_mcontext stack to the correct state after an error.  We can
         * ameliorate the cost of this by allowing the called statements to
         * use this mcontext too; so we don't push it down here.
         */
        stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
 
        BeginInternalSubTransaction(NULL);
        /* Want to run statements inside function's memory context */
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        PG_TRY();
        {
            /*
             * We need to run the block's statements with a new eval_econtext
             * that belongs to the current subtransaction; if we try to use
             * the outer econtext then ExprContext shutdown callbacks will be
             * called at the wrong times.
             */
            plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
 
            estate->err_text = NULL;
 
            /* Run the block's statements */
            rc = exec_stmts(estate, block->body);
 
            estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during statement block exit");
 
            /*
             * If the block ended with RETURN, we may need to copy the return
             * value out of the subtransaction eval_context.  We can avoid a
             * physical copy if the value happens to be a R/W expanded object.
             */
            if (rc == PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN &&
                !estate->retisset &&
                !estate->retisnull)
            {
                int16       resTypLen;
                bool        resTypByVal;
 
                get_typlenbyval(estate->rettype, &resTypLen, &resTypByVal);
                estate->retval = datumTransfer(estate->retval,
                                               resTypByVal, resTypLen);
            }
 
            /* Commit the inner transaction, return to outer xact context */
            ReleaseCurrentSubTransaction();
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
            CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
 
            /* Assert that the stmt_mcontext stack is unchanged */
            Assert(stmt_mcontext == estate->stmt_mcontext);
 
            /*
             * Revert to outer eval_econtext.  (The inner one was
             * automatically cleaned up during subxact exit.)
             */
            estate->eval_econtext = old_eval_econtext;
        }
        PG_CATCH();
        {
            ErrorData  *edata;
            ListCell   *e;
 
            estate->err_text = gettext_noop("during exception cleanup");
 
            /* Save error info in our stmt_mcontext */
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
            edata = CopyErrorData();
            FlushErrorState();
 
            /* Abort the inner transaction */
            RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction();
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
            CurrentResourceOwner = oldowner;
 
            /*
             * Set up the stmt_mcontext stack as though we had restored our
             * previous state and then done push_stmt_mcontext().  The push is
             * needed so that statements in the exception handler won't
             * clobber the error data that's in our stmt_mcontext.
             */
            estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = stmt_mcontext;
            estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
 
            /*
             * Now we can delete any nested stmt_mcontexts that might have
             * been created as children of ours.  (Note: we do not immediately
             * release any statement-lifespan data that might have been left
             * behind in stmt_mcontext itself.  We could attempt that by doing
             * a MemoryContextReset on it before collecting the error data
             * above, but it seems too risky to do any significant amount of
             * work before collecting the error.)
             */
            MemoryContextDeleteChildren(stmt_mcontext);
 
            /* Revert to outer eval_econtext */
            estate->eval_econtext = old_eval_econtext;
 
            /*
             * Must clean up the econtext too.  However, any tuple table made
             * in the subxact will have been thrown away by SPI during subxact
             * abort, so we don't need to (and mustn't try to) free the
             * eval_tuptable.
             */
            estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
            exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
            /* Look for a matching exception handler */
            foreach(e, block->exceptions->exc_list)
            {
                PLpgSQL_exception *exception = (PLpgSQL_exception *) lfirst(e);
 
                if (exception_matches_conditions(edata, exception->conditions))
                {
                    /*
                     * Initialize the magic SQLSTATE and SQLERRM variables for
                     * the exception block; this also frees values from any
                     * prior use of the same exception. We needn't do this
                     * until we have found a matching exception.
                     */
                    PLpgSQL_var *state_var;
                    PLpgSQL_var *errm_var;
 
                    state_var = (PLpgSQL_var *)
                        estate->datums[block->exceptions->sqlstate_varno];
                    errm_var = (PLpgSQL_var *)
                        estate->datums[block->exceptions->sqlerrm_varno];
 
                    assign_text_var(estate, state_var,
                                    unpack_sql_state(edata->sqlerrcode));
                    assign_text_var(estate, errm_var, edata->message);
 
                    /*
                     * Also set up cur_error so the error data is accessible
                     * inside the handler.
                     */
                    estate->cur_error = edata;
 
                    estate->err_text = NULL;
 
                    rc = exec_stmts(estate, exception->action);
 
                    break;
                }
            }
 
            /*
             * Restore previous state of cur_error, whether or not we executed
             * a handler.  This is needed in case an error got thrown from
             * some inner block's exception handler.
             */
            estate->cur_error = save_cur_error;
 
            /* If no match found, re-throw the error */
            if (e == NULL)
                ReThrowError(edata);
 
            /* Restore stmt_mcontext stack and release the error data */
            pop_stmt_mcontext(estate);
            MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
        }
        PG_END_TRY();
 
        Assert(save_cur_error == estate->cur_error);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Just execute the statements in the block's body
         */
        estate->err_text = NULL;
 
        rc = exec_stmts(estate, block->body);
    }
 
    estate->err_text = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Handle the return code.  This is intentionally different from
     * LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(): CONTINUE never matches a block, and EXIT matches
     * a block only if there is a label match.
     */
    switch (rc)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_RC_OK:
        case PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN:
        case PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE:
            return rc;
 
        case PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT:
            if (estate->exitlabel == NULL)
                return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
            if (block->label == NULL)
                return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
            if (strcmp(block->label, estate->exitlabel) != 0)
                return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
            estate->exitlabel = NULL;
            return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized rc: %d", rc);
    }
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References PLpgSQL_exception::action, Assert(), assign_simple_var(), assign_text_var(), BeginInternalSubTransaction(), PLpgSQL_stmt_block::body, PLpgSQL_exception::conditions, CopyErrorData(), PLpgSQL_execstate::cur_error, CurrentMemoryContext, CurrentResourceOwner, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, datumTransfer(), PLpgSQL_var::default_val, PLpgSQL_rec::default_val, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, elog, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_text, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_var, ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_econtext, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_tuptable, PLpgSQL_exception_block::exc_list, exception_matches_conditions(), PLpgSQL_stmt_block::exceptions, exec_assign_expr(), exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_move_row(), exec_stmts(), PLpgSQL_execstate::exitlabel, FlushErrorState(), get_stmt_mcontext(), get_typlenbyval(), gettext_noop, i, PLpgSQL_stmt_block::initvarnos, PLpgSQL_stmt_block::label, lfirst, MemoryContextDeleteChildren(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), ErrorData::message, PLpgSQL_stmt_block::n_initvars, PLpgSQL_variable::notnull, PG_CATCH, PG_END_TRY, PG_TRY, plpgsql_create_econtext(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE, PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN, pop_stmt_mcontext(), ReleaseCurrentSubTransaction(), ReThrowError(), PLpgSQL_execstate::retisnull, PLpgSQL_execstate::retisset, PLpgSQL_execstate::rettype, PLpgSQL_execstate::retval, RollbackAndReleaseCurrentSubTransaction(), ErrorData::sqlerrcode, PLpgSQL_exception_block::sqlerrm_varno, PLpgSQL_exception_block::sqlstate_varno, PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext, PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext_parent, PLpgSQL_type::typtype, and unpack_sql_state().

Referenced by exec_stmts(), and exec_toplevel_block().

◆ exec_stmt_call()

static int exec_stmt_call	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_call *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2197 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->expr;
    LocalTransactionId before_lxid;
    LocalTransactionId after_lxid;
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    SPIExecuteOptions options;
    int         rc;
 
    /*
     * Make a plan if we don't have one already.
     */
    if (expr->plan == NULL)
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, 0);
 
    /*
     * A CALL or DO can never be a simple expression.
     */
    Assert(!expr->expr_simple_expr);
 
    /*
     * Also construct a DTYPE_ROW datum representing the plpgsql variables
     * associated with the procedure's output arguments.  Then we can use
     * exec_move_row() to do the assignments.
     */
    if (stmt->is_call && stmt->target == NULL)
        stmt->target = make_callstmt_target(estate, expr);
 
    paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
 
    before_lxid = MyProc->vxid.lxid;
 
    /*
     * If we have a procedure-lifespan resowner, use that to hold the refcount
     * for the plan.  This avoids refcount leakage complaints if the called
     * procedure ends the current transaction.
     *
     * Also, tell SPI to allow non-atomic execution.
     */
    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
    options.params = paramLI;
    options.read_only = estate->readonly_func;
    options.allow_nonatomic = true;
    options.owner = estate->procedure_resowner;
 
    rc = SPI_execute_plan_extended(expr->plan, &options);
 
    if (rc < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan_extended failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
             expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
 
    after_lxid = MyProc->vxid.lxid;
 
    if (before_lxid != after_lxid)
    {
        /*
         * If we are in a new transaction after the call, we need to build new
         * simple-expression infrastructure.
         */
        estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
        estate->simple_eval_resowner = NULL;
        plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
    }
 
    /*
     * Check result rowcount; if there's one row, assign procedure's output
     * values back to the appropriate variables.
     */
    if (SPI_processed == 1)
    {
        SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
 
        if (!stmt->is_call)
            elog(ERROR, "DO statement returned a row");
 
        exec_move_row(estate, stmt->target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
    }
    else if (SPI_processed > 1)
        elog(ERROR, "procedure call returned more than one row");
 
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References Assert(), elog, ERROR, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_move_row(), exec_prepare_plan(), PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_expr, PGPROC::lxid, make_callstmt_target(), MyProc, options, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, plpgsql_create_econtext(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_execstate::procedure_resowner, PLpgSQL_expr::query, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, setup_param_list(), PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_estate, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_resowner, SPI_execute_plan_extended(), SPI_freetuptable(), SPI_processed, SPI_result_code_string(), SPI_tuptable, stmt, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, SPITupleTable::vals, and PGPROC::vxid.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_case()

static int exec_stmt_case	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_case *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2556 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *t_var = NULL;
    bool        isnull;
    ListCell   *l;
 
    if (stmt->t_expr != NULL)
    {
        /* simple case */
        Datum       t_val;
        Oid         t_typoid;
        int32       t_typmod;
 
        t_val = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->t_expr,
                               &isnull, &t_typoid, &t_typmod);
 
        t_var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[stmt->t_varno];
 
        /*
         * When expected datatype is different from real, change it. Note that
         * what we're modifying here is an execution copy of the datum, so
         * this doesn't affect the originally stored function parse tree. (In
         * theory, if the expression datatype keeps changing during execution,
         * this could cause a function-lifespan memory leak.  Doesn't seem
         * worth worrying about though.)
         */
        if (t_var->datatype->typoid != t_typoid ||
            t_var->datatype->atttypmod != t_typmod)
            t_var->datatype = plpgsql_build_datatype(t_typoid,
                                                     t_typmod,
                                                     estate->func->fn_input_collation,
                                                     NULL);
 
        /* now we can assign to the variable */
        exec_assign_value(estate,
                          (PLpgSQL_datum *) t_var,
                          t_val,
                          isnull,
                          t_typoid,
                          t_typmod);
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    }
 
    /* Now search for a successful WHEN clause */
    foreach(l, stmt->case_when_list)
    {
        PLpgSQL_case_when *cwt = (PLpgSQL_case_when *) lfirst(l);
        bool        value;
 
        value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, cwt->expr, &isnull);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        if (!isnull && value)
        {
            /* Found it */
 
            /* We can now discard any value we had for the temp variable */
            if (t_var != NULL)
                assign_simple_var(estate, t_var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
 
            /* Evaluate the statement(s), and we're done */
            return exec_stmts(estate, cwt->stmts);
        }
    }
 
    /* We can now discard any value we had for the temp variable */
    if (t_var != NULL)
        assign_simple_var(estate, t_var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
 
    /* SQL2003 mandates this error if there was no ELSE clause */
    if (!stmt->have_else)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_CASE_NOT_FOUND),
                 errmsg("case not found"),
                 errhint("CASE statement is missing ELSE part.")));
 
    /* Evaluate the ELSE statements, and we're done */
    return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->else_stmts);
}

References assign_simple_var(), PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_stmts(), PLpgSQL_case_when::expr, PLpgSQL_function::fn_input_collation, PLpgSQL_execstate::func, if(), lfirst, plpgsql_build_datatype(), stmt, PLpgSQL_case_when::stmts, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_close()

static int exec_stmt_close	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_close *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4927 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
    Portal      portal;
    char       *curname;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /* ----------
     * Get the portal of the cursor by name
     * ----------
     */
    curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
    if (curvar->isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is null", curvar->refname)));
 
    /* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
    if (portal == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
                 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
 
    /* ----------
     * And close it.
     * ----------
     */
    SPI_cursor_close(portal);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_eval_mcontext, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_var::refname, SPI_cursor_close(), SPI_cursor_find(), stmt, TextDatumGetCString, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_commit()

static int exec_stmt_commit	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_commit *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4970 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    if (stmt->chain)
        SPI_commit_and_chain();
    else
        SPI_commit();
 
    /*
     * We need to build new simple-expression infrastructure, since the old
     * data structures are gone.
     */
    estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
    estate->simple_eval_resowner = NULL;
    plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References plpgsql_create_econtext(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_estate, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_resowner, SPI_commit(), SPI_commit_and_chain(), and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_dynexecute()

static int exec_stmt_dynexecute	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4454 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Datum       query;
    bool        isnull;
    Oid         restype;
    int32       restypmod;
    char       *querystr;
    int         exec_res;
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    SPIExecuteOptions options;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
 
    /*
     * First we evaluate the string expression after the EXECUTE keyword. Its
     * result is the querystring we have to execute.
     */
    query = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->query, &isnull, &restype, &restypmod);
    if (isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("query string argument of EXECUTE is null")));
 
    /* Get the C-String representation */
    querystr = convert_value_to_string(estate, query, restype);
 
    /* copy it into the stmt_mcontext before we clean up */
    querystr = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, querystr);
 
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    /*
     * Execute the query without preparing a saved plan.
     */
    paramLI = exec_eval_using_params(estate, stmt->params);
 
    memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
    options.params = paramLI;
    options.read_only = estate->readonly_func;
 
    exec_res = SPI_execute_extended(querystr, &options);
 
    switch (exec_res)
    {
        case SPI_OK_SELECT:
        case SPI_OK_INSERT:
        case SPI_OK_UPDATE:
        case SPI_OK_DELETE:
        case SPI_OK_MERGE:
        case SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_MERGE_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_UTILITY:
        case SPI_OK_REWRITTEN:
            break;
 
        case 0:
 
            /*
             * Also allow a zero return, which implies the querystring
             * contained no commands.
             */
            break;
 
        case SPI_OK_SELINTO:
 
            /*
             * We want to disallow SELECT INTO for now, because its behavior
             * is not consistent with SELECT INTO in a normal plpgsql context.
             * (We need to reimplement EXECUTE to parse the string as a
             * plpgsql command, not just feed it to SPI_execute.)  This is not
             * a functional limitation because CREATE TABLE AS is allowed.
             */
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("EXECUTE of SELECT ... INTO is not implemented"),
                     errhint("You might want to use EXECUTE ... INTO or EXECUTE CREATE TABLE ... AS instead.")));
            break;
 
            /* Some SPI errors deserve specific error messages */
        case SPI_ERROR_COPY:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("cannot COPY to/from client in PL/pgSQL")));
            break;
 
        case SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("EXECUTE of transaction commands is not implemented")));
            break;
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_extended failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
                 querystr, SPI_result_code_string(exec_res));
            break;
    }
 
    /* Save result info for GET DIAGNOSTICS */
    estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
 
    /* Process INTO if present */
    if (stmt->into)
    {
        SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
        uint64      n = SPI_processed;
        PLpgSQL_variable *target;
 
        /* If the statement did not return a tuple table, complain */
        if (tuptab == NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("INTO used with a command that cannot return data")));
 
        /* Fetch target's datum entry */
        target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
 
        /*
         * If SELECT ... INTO specified STRICT, and the query didn't find
         * exactly one row, throw an error.  If STRICT was not specified, then
         * allow the query to find any number of rows.
         */
        if (n == 0)
        {
            if (stmt->strict)
            {
                char       *errdetail;
 
                if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
                    errdetail = format_preparedparamsdata(estate, paramLI);
                else
                    errdetail = NULL;
 
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
                         errmsg("query returned no rows"),
                         errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
            }
            /* set the target to NULL(s) */
            exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
        }
        else
        {
            if (n > 1 && stmt->strict)
            {
                char       *errdetail;
 
                if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
                    errdetail = format_preparedparamsdata(estate, paramLI);
                else
                    errdetail = NULL;
 
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ROWS),
                         errmsg("query returned more than one row"),
                         errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
            }
 
            /* Put the first result row into the target */
            exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
        }
        /* clean up after exec_move_row() */
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * It might be a good idea to raise an error if the query returned
         * tuples that are being ignored, but historically we have not done
         * that.
         */
    }
 
    /* Release any result from SPI_execute, as well as transient data */
    SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
    MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References convert_value_to_string(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errdetail_internal(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_eval_using_params(), exec_move_row(), format_preparedparamsdata(), PLpgSQL_execstate::func, get_stmt_mcontext(), if(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextStrdup(), options, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_function::print_strict_params, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, SPI_ERROR_COPY, SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION, SPI_execute_extended(), SPI_freetuptable(), SPI_OK_DELETE, SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_INSERT, SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING, SPI_OK_MERGE, SPI_OK_MERGE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_REWRITTEN, SPI_OK_SELECT, SPI_OK_SELINTO, SPI_OK_UPDATE, SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_UTILITY, SPI_processed, SPI_result_code_string(), SPI_tuptable, stmt, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, and SPITupleTable::vals.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_dynfors()

static int exec_stmt_dynfors	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4644 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Portal      portal;
    int         rc;
 
    portal = exec_dynquery_with_params(estate, stmt->query, stmt->params,
                                       NULL, CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL);
 
    /*
     * Execute the loop
     */
    rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, true);
 
    /*
     * Close the implicit cursor
     */
    SPI_cursor_close(portal);
 
    return rc;
}

References CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL, exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_for_query(), SPI_cursor_close(), and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_execsql()

static int exec_stmt_execsql	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4222 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    long        tcount;
    int         rc;
    PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->sqlstmt;
    int         too_many_rows_level = 0;
 
    if (plpgsql_extra_errors & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_TOOMANYROWS)
        too_many_rows_level = ERROR;
    else if (plpgsql_extra_warnings & PLPGSQL_XCHECK_TOOMANYROWS)
        too_many_rows_level = WARNING;
 
    /*
     * On the first call for this statement generate the plan, and detect
     * whether the statement is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE
     */
    if (expr->plan == NULL)
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK);
 
    if (!stmt->mod_stmt_set)
    {
        ListCell   *l;
 
        stmt->mod_stmt = false;
        foreach(l, SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(expr->plan))
        {
            CachedPlanSource *plansource = (CachedPlanSource *) lfirst(l);
 
            /*
             * We could look at the raw_parse_tree, but it seems simpler to
             * check the command tag.  Note we should *not* look at the Query
             * tree(s), since those are the result of rewriting and could be
             * stale, or could have been transmogrified into something else
             * entirely.
             */
            if (plansource->commandTag == CMDTAG_INSERT ||
                plansource->commandTag == CMDTAG_UPDATE ||
                plansource->commandTag == CMDTAG_DELETE ||
                plansource->commandTag == CMDTAG_MERGE)
            {
                stmt->mod_stmt = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        stmt->mod_stmt_set = true;
    }
 
    /*
     * Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor
     */
    paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
 
    /*
     * If we have INTO, then we only need one row back ... but if we have INTO
     * STRICT or extra check too_many_rows, ask for two rows, so that we can
     * verify the statement returns only one.  INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE are
     * always treated strictly. Without INTO, just run the statement to
     * completion (tcount = 0).
     *
     * We could just ask for two rows always when using INTO, but there are
     * some cases where demanding the extra row costs significant time, eg by
     * forcing completion of a sequential scan.  So don't do it unless we need
     * to enforce strictness.
     */
    if (stmt->into)
    {
        if (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt || too_many_rows_level)
            tcount = 2;
        else
            tcount = 1;
    }
    else
        tcount = 0;
 
    /*
     * Execute the plan
     */
    rc = SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(expr->plan, paramLI,
                                         estate->readonly_func, tcount);
 
    /*
     * Check for error, and set FOUND if appropriate (for historical reasons
     * we set FOUND only for certain query types).  Also Assert that we
     * identified the statement type the same as SPI did.
     */
    switch (rc)
    {
        case SPI_OK_SELECT:
            Assert(!stmt->mod_stmt);
            exec_set_found(estate, (SPI_processed != 0));
            break;
 
        case SPI_OK_INSERT:
        case SPI_OK_UPDATE:
        case SPI_OK_DELETE:
        case SPI_OK_MERGE:
        case SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING:
        case SPI_OK_MERGE_RETURNING:
            Assert(stmt->mod_stmt);
            exec_set_found(estate, (SPI_processed != 0));
            break;
 
        case SPI_OK_SELINTO:
        case SPI_OK_UTILITY:
            Assert(!stmt->mod_stmt);
            break;
 
        case SPI_OK_REWRITTEN:
 
            /*
             * The command was rewritten into another kind of command. It's
             * not clear what FOUND would mean in that case (and SPI doesn't
             * return the row count either), so just set it to false.  Note
             * that we can't assert anything about mod_stmt here.
             */
            exec_set_found(estate, false);
            break;
 
            /* Some SPI errors deserve specific error messages */
        case SPI_ERROR_COPY:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("cannot COPY to/from client in PL/pgSQL")));
            break;
 
        case SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION:
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("unsupported transaction command in PL/pgSQL")));
            break;
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
                 expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
            break;
    }
 
    /* All variants should save result info for GET DIAGNOSTICS */
    estate->eval_processed = SPI_processed;
 
    /* Process INTO if present */
    if (stmt->into)
    {
        SPITupleTable *tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
        uint64      n = SPI_processed;
        PLpgSQL_variable *target;
 
        /* If the statement did not return a tuple table, complain */
        if (tuptab == NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("INTO used with a command that cannot return data")));
 
        /* Fetch target's datum entry */
        target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
 
        /*
         * If SELECT ... INTO specified STRICT, and the query didn't find
         * exactly one row, throw an error.  If STRICT was not specified, then
         * allow the query to find any number of rows.
         */
        if (n == 0)
        {
            if (stmt->strict)
            {
                char       *errdetail;
 
                if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
                    errdetail = format_expr_params(estate, expr);
                else
                    errdetail = NULL;
 
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
                         errmsg("query returned no rows"),
                         errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0));
            }
            /* set the target to NULL(s) */
            exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
        }
        else
        {
            if (n > 1 && (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt || too_many_rows_level))
            {
                char       *errdetail;
                int         errlevel;
 
                if (estate->func->print_strict_params)
                    errdetail = format_expr_params(estate, expr);
                else
                    errdetail = NULL;
 
                errlevel = (stmt->strict || stmt->mod_stmt) ? ERROR : too_many_rows_level;
 
                ereport(errlevel,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ROWS),
                         errmsg("query returned more than one row"),
                         errdetail ? errdetail_internal("parameters: %s", errdetail) : 0,
                         errhint("Make sure the query returns a single row, or use LIMIT 1.")));
            }
            /* Put the first result row into the target */
            exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
        }
 
        /* Clean up */
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
    }
    else
    {
        /* If the statement returned a tuple table, complain */
        if (SPI_tuptable != NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("query has no destination for result data"),
                     (rc == SPI_OK_SELECT) ? errhint("If you want to discard the results of a SELECT, use PERFORM instead.") : 0));
    }
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References Assert(), CachedPlanSource::commandTag, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errdetail_internal(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_move_row(), exec_prepare_plan(), exec_set_found(), format_expr_params(), PLpgSQL_execstate::func, if(), lfirst, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, plpgsql_extra_errors, plpgsql_extra_warnings, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLPGSQL_XCHECK_TOOMANYROWS, PLpgSQL_function::print_strict_params, PLpgSQL_expr::query, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, setup_param_list(), SPI_ERROR_COPY, SPI_ERROR_TRANSACTION, SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(), SPI_freetuptable(), SPI_OK_DELETE, SPI_OK_DELETE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_INSERT, SPI_OK_INSERT_RETURNING, SPI_OK_MERGE, SPI_OK_MERGE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_REWRITTEN, SPI_OK_SELECT, SPI_OK_SELINTO, SPI_OK_UPDATE, SPI_OK_UPDATE_RETURNING, SPI_OK_UTILITY, SPI_plan_get_plan_sources(), SPI_processed, SPI_result_code_string(), SPI_tuptable, stmt, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, SPITupleTable::vals, and WARNING.

Referenced by exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_open(), and exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_exit()

static int exec_stmt_exit	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_exit *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3164 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /*
     * If the exit / continue has a condition, evaluate it
     */
    if (stmt->cond != NULL)
    {
        bool        value;
        bool        isnull;
 
        value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        if (isnull || value == false)
            return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
    }
 
    estate->exitlabel = stmt->label;
    if (stmt->is_exit)
        return PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT;
    else
        return PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE;
}

References exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_cleanup(), PLpgSQL_execstate::exitlabel, PLPGSQL_RC_CONTINUE, PLPGSQL_RC_EXIT, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, stmt, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_fetch()

static int exec_stmt_fetch	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4836 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
    long        how_many = stmt->how_many;
    SPITupleTable *tuptab;
    Portal      portal;
    char       *curname;
    uint64      n;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /* ----------
     * Get the portal of the cursor by name
     * ----------
     */
    curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
    if (curvar->isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is null", curvar->refname)));
 
    /* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
    curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
    if (portal == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
                 errmsg("cursor \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
 
    /* Calculate position for FETCH_RELATIVE or FETCH_ABSOLUTE */
    if (stmt->expr)
    {
        bool        isnull;
 
        /* XXX should be doing this in LONG not INT width */
        how_many = exec_eval_integer(estate, stmt->expr, &isnull);
 
        if (isnull)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                     errmsg("relative or absolute cursor position is null")));
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    }
 
    if (!stmt->is_move)
    {
        PLpgSQL_variable *target;
 
        /* ----------
         * Fetch 1 tuple from the cursor
         * ----------
         */
        SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(portal, stmt->direction, how_many);
        tuptab = SPI_tuptable;
        n = SPI_processed;
 
        /* ----------
         * Set the target appropriately.
         * ----------
         */
        target = (PLpgSQL_variable *) estate->datums[stmt->target->dno];
        if (n == 0)
            exec_move_row(estate, target, NULL, tuptab->tupdesc);
        else
            exec_move_row(estate, target, tuptab->vals[0], tuptab->tupdesc);
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        SPI_freetuptable(tuptab);
    }
    else
    {
        /* Move the cursor */
        SPI_scroll_cursor_move(portal, stmt->direction, how_many);
        n = SPI_processed;
    }
 
    /* Set the ROW_COUNT and the global FOUND variable appropriately. */
    estate->eval_processed = n;
    exec_set_found(estate, n != 0);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_integer(), exec_move_row(), exec_set_found(), get_eval_mcontext, if(), PLpgSQL_var::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_var::refname, SPI_cursor_find(), SPI_freetuptable(), SPI_processed, SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(), SPI_scroll_cursor_move(), SPI_tuptable, stmt, TextDatumGetCString, SPITupleTable::tupdesc, SPITupleTable::vals, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_forc()

static int exec_stmt_forc	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_forc *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2868 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = NULL;
    char       *curname = NULL;
    PLpgSQL_expr *query;
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
    Portal      portal;
    int         rc;
 
    /* ----------
     * Get the cursor variable and if it has an assigned name, check
     * that it's not in use currently.
     * ----------
     */
    curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
    if (!curvar->isnull)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        /* We only need stmt_mcontext to hold the cursor name string */
        stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
        curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        if (SPI_cursor_find(curname) != NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR),
                     errmsg("cursor \"%s\" already in use", curname)));
    }
 
    /* ----------
     * Open the cursor just like an OPEN command
     *
     * Note: parser should already have checked that statement supplies
     * args iff cursor needs them, but we check again to be safe.
     * ----------
     */
    if (stmt->argquery != NULL)
    {
        /* ----------
         * OPEN CURSOR with args.  We fake a SELECT ... INTO ...
         * statement to evaluate the args and put 'em into the
         * internal row.
         * ----------
         */
        PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql set_args;
 
        if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow < 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
 
        memset(&set_args, 0, sizeof(set_args));
        set_args.cmd_type = PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL;
        set_args.lineno = stmt->lineno;
        set_args.sqlstmt = stmt->argquery;
        set_args.into = true;
        /* XXX historically this has not been STRICT */
        set_args.target = (PLpgSQL_variable *)
            (estate->datums[curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow]);
 
        if (exec_stmt_execsql(estate, &set_args) != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
            elog(ERROR, "open cursor failed during argument processing");
    }
    else
    {
        if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow >= 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                     errmsg("arguments required for cursor")));
    }
 
    query = curvar->cursor_explicit_expr;
    Assert(query);
 
    if (query->plan == NULL)
        exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, curvar->cursor_options);
 
    /*
     * Set up ParamListInfo for this query
     */
    paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, query);
 
    /*
     * Open the cursor (the paramlist will get copied into the portal)
     */
    portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(curname, query->plan,
                                            paramLI,
                                            estate->readonly_func);
    if (portal == NULL)
        elog(ERROR, "could not open cursor: %s",
             SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
 
    /*
     * If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it,
     * after verifying it's okay to assign to.
     */
    if (curname == NULL)
    {
        exec_check_assignable(estate, stmt->curvar);
        assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
    }
 
    /*
     * Clean up before entering exec_for_query
     */
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    if (stmt_mcontext)
        MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    /*
     * Execute the loop.  We can't prefetch because the cursor is accessible
     * to the user, for instance via UPDATE WHERE CURRENT OF within the loop.
     */
    rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, false);
 
    /* ----------
     * Close portal, and restore cursor variable if it was initially NULL.
     * ----------
     */
    SPI_cursor_close(portal);
 
    if (curname == NULL)
        assign_simple_var(estate, curvar, (Datum) 0, true, false);
 
    return rc;
}

References Assert(), assign_simple_var(), assign_text_var(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::cmd_type, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_explicit_argrow, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_explicit_expr, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_options, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_check_assignable(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_for_query(), exec_prepare_plan(), exec_stmt_execsql(), get_stmt_mcontext(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::into, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::lineno, MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PortalData::name, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, setup_param_list(), SPI_cursor_close(), SPI_cursor_find(), SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(), SPI_result, SPI_result_code_string(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::sqlstmt, stmt, PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::target, TextDatumGetCString, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_foreach_a()

static int exec_stmt_foreach_a	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3008 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ArrayType  *arr;
    Oid         arrtype;
    int32       arrtypmod;
    PLpgSQL_datum *loop_var;
    Oid         loop_var_elem_type;
    bool        found = false;
    int         rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
    ArrayIterator array_iterator;
    Oid         iterator_result_type;
    int32       iterator_result_typmod;
    Datum       value;
    bool        isnull;
 
    /* get the value of the array expression */
    value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->expr, &isnull, &arrtype, &arrtypmod);
    if (isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("FOREACH expression must not be null")));
 
    /*
     * Do as much as possible of the code below in stmt_mcontext, to avoid any
     * leaks from called subroutines.  We need a private stmt_mcontext since
     * we'll be calling arbitrary statement code.
     */
    stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
    push_stmt_mcontext(estate);
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
 
    /* check the type of the expression - must be an array */
    if (!OidIsValid(get_element_type(arrtype)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("FOREACH expression must yield an array, not type %s",
                        format_type_be(arrtype))));
 
    /*
     * We must copy the array into stmt_mcontext, else it will disappear in
     * exec_eval_cleanup.  This is annoying, but cleanup will certainly happen
     * while running the loop body, so we have little choice.
     */
    arr = DatumGetArrayTypePCopy(value);
 
    /* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    /* Slice dimension must be less than or equal to array dimension */
    if (stmt->slice < 0 || stmt->slice > ARR_NDIM(arr))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
                 errmsg("slice dimension (%d) is out of the valid range 0..%d",
                        stmt->slice, ARR_NDIM(arr))));
 
    /* Set up the loop variable and see if it is of an array type */
    loop_var = estate->datums[stmt->varno];
    if (loop_var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC ||
        loop_var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW)
    {
        /*
         * Record/row variable is certainly not of array type, and might not
         * be initialized at all yet, so don't try to get its type
         */
        loop_var_elem_type = InvalidOid;
    }
    else
        loop_var_elem_type = get_element_type(plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type(estate,
                                                                          loop_var));
 
    /*
     * Sanity-check the loop variable type.  We don't try very hard here, and
     * should not be too picky since it's possible that exec_assign_value can
     * coerce values of different types.  But it seems worthwhile to complain
     * if the array-ness of the loop variable is not right.
     */
    if (stmt->slice > 0 && loop_var_elem_type == InvalidOid)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("FOREACH ... SLICE loop variable must be of an array type")));
    if (stmt->slice == 0 && loop_var_elem_type != InvalidOid)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("FOREACH loop variable must not be of an array type")));
 
    /* Create an iterator to step through the array */
    array_iterator = array_create_iterator(arr, stmt->slice, NULL);
 
    /* Identify iterator result type */
    if (stmt->slice > 0)
    {
        /* When slicing, nominal type of result is same as array type */
        iterator_result_type = arrtype;
        iterator_result_typmod = arrtypmod;
    }
    else
    {
        /* Without slicing, results are individual array elements */
        iterator_result_type = ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr);
        iterator_result_typmod = arrtypmod;
    }
 
    /* Iterate over the array elements or slices */
    while (array_iterate(array_iterator, &value, &isnull))
    {
        found = true;           /* looped at least once */
 
        /* exec_assign_value and exec_stmts must run in the main context */
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        /* Assign current element/slice to the loop variable */
        exec_assign_value(estate, loop_var, value, isnull,
                          iterator_result_type, iterator_result_typmod);
 
        /* In slice case, value is temporary; must free it to avoid leakage */
        if (stmt->slice > 0)
            pfree(DatumGetPointer(value));
 
        /*
         * Execute the statements
         */
        rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
 
        LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
 
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
    }
 
    /* Restore memory context state */
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    pop_stmt_mcontext(estate);
 
    /* Release temporary memory, including the array value */
    MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    /*
     * Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
     * (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set here so
     * that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
     * the loop processing itself.
     */
    exec_set_found(estate, found);
 
    return rc;
}

References ARR_ELEMTYPE, ARR_NDIM, array_create_iterator(), array_iterate(), array_iterator(), DatumGetArrayTypePCopy, DatumGetPointer(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_set_found(), exec_stmts(), format_type_be(), get_element_type(), get_stmt_mcontext(), InvalidOid, LOOP_RC_PROCESSING, MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), OidIsValid, pfree(), PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, pop_stmt_mcontext(), push_stmt_mcontext(), stmt, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_fori()

static int exec_stmt_fori	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_fori *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2696 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
    Datum       value;
    bool        isnull;
    Oid         valtype;
    int32       valtypmod;
    int32       loop_value;
    int32       end_value;
    int32       step_value;
    bool        found = false;
    int         rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
 
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->var->dno]);
 
    /*
     * Get the value of the lower bound
     */
    value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->lower,
                           &isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
    value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
                            valtype, valtypmod,
                            var->datatype->typoid,
                            var->datatype->atttypmod);
    if (isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("lower bound of FOR loop cannot be null")));
    loop_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    /*
     * Get the value of the upper bound
     */
    value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->upper,
                           &isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
    value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
                            valtype, valtypmod,
                            var->datatype->typoid,
                            var->datatype->atttypmod);
    if (isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                 errmsg("upper bound of FOR loop cannot be null")));
    end_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    /*
     * Get the step value
     */
    if (stmt->step)
    {
        value = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->step,
                               &isnull, &valtype, &valtypmod);
        value = exec_cast_value(estate, value, &isnull,
                                valtype, valtypmod,
                                var->datatype->typoid,
                                var->datatype->atttypmod);
        if (isnull)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                     errmsg("BY value of FOR loop cannot be null")));
        step_value = DatumGetInt32(value);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        if (step_value <= 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
                     errmsg("BY value of FOR loop must be greater than zero")));
    }
    else
        step_value = 1;
 
    /*
     * Now do the loop
     */
    for (;;)
    {
        /*
         * Check against upper bound
         */
        if (stmt->reverse)
        {
            if (loop_value < end_value)
                break;
        }
        else
        {
            if (loop_value > end_value)
                break;
        }
 
        found = true;           /* looped at least once */
 
        /*
         * Assign current value to loop var
         */
        assign_simple_var(estate, var, Int32GetDatum(loop_value), false, false);
 
        /*
         * Execute the statements
         */
        rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
 
        LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
 
        /*
         * Increase/decrease loop value, unless it would overflow, in which
         * case exit the loop.
         */
        if (stmt->reverse)
        {
            if (loop_value < (PG_INT32_MIN + step_value))
                break;
            loop_value -= step_value;
        }
        else
        {
            if (loop_value > (PG_INT32_MAX - step_value))
                break;
            loop_value += step_value;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Set the FOUND variable to indicate the result of executing the loop
     * (namely, whether we looped one or more times). This must be set here so
     * that it does not interfere with the value of the FOUND variable inside
     * the loop processing itself.
     */
    exec_set_found(estate, found);
 
    return rc;
}

References assign_simple_var(), PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, DatumGetInt32(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_cast_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_set_found(), exec_stmts(), Int32GetDatum(), LOOP_RC_PROCESSING, PG_INT32_MAX, PG_INT32_MIN, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, stmt, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_fors()

static int exec_stmt_fors	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_fors *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2839 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Portal      portal;
    int         rc;
 
    /*
     * Open the implicit cursor for the statement using exec_run_select
     */
    exec_run_select(estate, stmt->query, 0, &portal);
 
    /*
     * Execute the loop
     */
    rc = exec_for_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forq *) stmt, portal, true);
 
    /*
     * Close the implicit cursor
     */
    SPI_cursor_close(portal);
 
    return rc;
}

References exec_for_query(), exec_run_select(), SPI_cursor_close(), and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_getdiag()

static int exec_stmt_getdiag	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2410 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /*
     * GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS is only valid inside an exception handler.
     *
     * Note: we trust the grammar to have disallowed the relevant item kinds
     * if not is_stacked, otherwise we'd dump core below.
     */
    if (stmt->is_stacked && estate->cur_error == NULL)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_STACKED_DIAGNOSTICS_ACCESSED_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER),
                 errmsg("GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS cannot be used outside an exception handler")));
 
    foreach(lc, stmt->diag_items)
    {
        PLpgSQL_diag_item *diag_item = (PLpgSQL_diag_item *) lfirst(lc);
        PLpgSQL_datum *var = estate->datums[diag_item->target];
 
        switch (diag_item->kind)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ROW_COUNT:
                exec_assign_value(estate, var,
                                  UInt64GetDatum(estate->eval_processed),
                                  false, INT8OID, -1);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ROUTINE_OID:
                exec_assign_value(estate, var,
                                  ObjectIdGetDatum(estate->func->fn_oid),
                                  false, OIDOID, -1);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_CONTEXT:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->context);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_DETAIL:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->detail);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_HINT:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->hint);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_RETURNED_SQLSTATE:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     unpack_sql_state(estate->cur_error->sqlerrcode));
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_COLUMN_NAME:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->column_name);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->constraint_name);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_DATATYPE_NAME:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->datatype_name);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->message);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_TABLE_NAME:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->table_name);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_SCHEMA_NAME:
                exec_assign_c_string(estate, var,
                                     estate->cur_error->schema_name);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONTEXT:
                {
                    char       *contextstackstr;
                    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
                    /* Use eval_mcontext for short-lived string */
                    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
                    contextstackstr = GetErrorContextStack();
                    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
                    exec_assign_c_string(estate, var, contextstackstr);
                }
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized diagnostic item kind: %d",
                     diag_item->kind);
        }
    }
 
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References ErrorData::column_name, ErrorData::constraint_name, ErrorData::context, PLpgSQL_execstate::cur_error, ErrorData::datatype_name, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ErrorData::detail, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_assign_c_string(), exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), PLpgSQL_function::fn_oid, PLpgSQL_execstate::func, get_eval_mcontext, GetErrorContextStack(), ErrorData::hint, PLpgSQL_diag_item::kind, lfirst, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), ErrorData::message, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_COLUMN_NAME, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_CONTEXT, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_DATATYPE_NAME, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_CONTEXT, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_DETAIL, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ERROR_HINT, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_RETURNED_SQLSTATE, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ROUTINE_OID, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_ROW_COUNT, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_SCHEMA_NAME, PLPGSQL_GETDIAG_TABLE_NAME, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, ErrorData::schema_name, ErrorData::sqlerrcode, stmt, ErrorData::table_name, PLpgSQL_diag_item::target, UInt64GetDatum(), and unpack_sql_state().

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_if()

static int exec_stmt_if	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_if *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2526 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    bool        value;
    bool        isnull;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    if (!isnull && value)
        return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->then_body);
 
    foreach(lc, stmt->elsif_list)
    {
        PLpgSQL_if_elsif *elif = (PLpgSQL_if_elsif *) lfirst(lc);
 
        value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, elif->cond, &isnull);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
        if (!isnull && value)
            return exec_stmts(estate, elif->stmts);
    }
 
    return exec_stmts(estate, stmt->else_body);
}

References PLpgSQL_if_elsif::cond, exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_stmts(), lfirst, stmt, PLpgSQL_if_elsif::stmts, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_loop()

static int exec_stmt_loop	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_loop *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2643 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
 
    for (;;)
    {
        rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
 
        LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
    }
 
    return rc;
}

References exec_stmts(), LOOP_RC_PROCESSING, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_open()

static int exec_stmt_open	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_open *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4671 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = NULL;
    char       *curname = NULL;
    PLpgSQL_expr *query;
    Portal      portal;
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
 
    /* ----------
     * Get the cursor variable and if it has an assigned name, check
     * that it's not in use currently.
     * ----------
     */
    curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) (estate->datums[stmt->curvar]);
    if (!curvar->isnull)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        /* We only need stmt_mcontext to hold the cursor name string */
        stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
        curname = TextDatumGetCString(curvar->value);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        if (SPI_cursor_find(curname) != NULL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR),
                     errmsg("cursor \"%s\" already in use", curname)));
    }
 
    /* ----------
     * Process the OPEN according to its type.
     * ----------
     */
    if (stmt->query != NULL)
    {
        /* ----------
         * This is an OPEN refcursor FOR SELECT ...
         *
         * We just make sure the query is planned. The real work is
         * done downstairs.
         * ----------
         */
        query = stmt->query;
        if (query->plan == NULL)
            exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, stmt->cursor_options);
    }
    else if (stmt->dynquery != NULL)
    {
        /* ----------
         * This is an OPEN refcursor FOR EXECUTE ...
         * ----------
         */
        portal = exec_dynquery_with_params(estate,
                                           stmt->dynquery,
                                           stmt->params,
                                           curname,
                                           stmt->cursor_options);
 
        /*
         * If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it,
         * after verifying it's okay to assign to.
         *
         * Note: exec_dynquery_with_params already reset the stmt_mcontext, so
         * curname is a dangling pointer here; but testing it for nullness is
         * OK.
         */
        if (curname == NULL)
        {
            exec_check_assignable(estate, stmt->curvar);
            assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
        }
 
        return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
    }
    else
    {
        /* ----------
         * This is an OPEN cursor
         *
         * Note: parser should already have checked that statement supplies
         * args iff cursor needs them, but we check again to be safe.
         * ----------
         */
        if (stmt->argquery != NULL)
        {
            /* ----------
             * OPEN CURSOR with args.  We fake a SELECT ... INTO ...
             * statement to evaluate the args and put 'em into the
             * internal row.
             * ----------
             */
            PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql set_args;
 
            if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow < 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                         errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
 
            memset(&set_args, 0, sizeof(set_args));
            set_args.cmd_type = PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL;
            set_args.lineno = stmt->lineno;
            set_args.sqlstmt = stmt->argquery;
            set_args.into = true;
            /* XXX historically this has not been STRICT */
            set_args.target = (PLpgSQL_variable *)
                (estate->datums[curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow]);
 
            if (exec_stmt_execsql(estate, &set_args) != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
                elog(ERROR, "open cursor failed during argument processing");
        }
        else
        {
            if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow >= 0)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                         errmsg("arguments required for cursor")));
        }
 
        query = curvar->cursor_explicit_expr;
        if (query->plan == NULL)
            exec_prepare_plan(estate, query, curvar->cursor_options);
    }
 
    /*
     * Set up ParamListInfo for this query
     */
    paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, query);
 
    /*
     * Open the cursor (the paramlist will get copied into the portal)
     */
    portal = SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(curname, query->plan,
                                            paramLI,
                                            estate->readonly_func);
    if (portal == NULL)
        elog(ERROR, "could not open cursor: %s",
             SPI_result_code_string(SPI_result));
 
    /*
     * If cursor variable was NULL, store the generated portal name in it,
     * after verifying it's okay to assign to.
     */
    if (curname == NULL)
    {
        exec_check_assignable(estate, stmt->curvar);
        assign_text_var(estate, curvar, portal->name);
    }
 
    /* If we had any transient data, clean it up */
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    if (stmt_mcontext)
        MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References assign_text_var(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::cmd_type, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_explicit_argrow, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_explicit_expr, PLpgSQL_var::cursor_options, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_check_assignable(), exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_prepare_plan(), exec_stmt_execsql(), get_stmt_mcontext(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::into, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::lineno, MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PortalData::name, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, setup_param_list(), SPI_cursor_find(), SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(), SPI_result, SPI_result_code_string(), PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::sqlstmt, stmt, PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql::target, TextDatumGetCString, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_perform()

static int exec_stmt_perform	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_perform *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2180 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->expr;
 
    (void) exec_run_select(estate, expr, 0, NULL);
    exec_set_found(estate, (estate->eval_processed != 0));
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_run_select(), exec_set_found(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_raise()

static int exec_stmt_raise	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_raise *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3739 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         err_code = 0;
    char       *condname = NULL;
    char       *err_message = NULL;
    char       *err_detail = NULL;
    char       *err_hint = NULL;
    char       *err_column = NULL;
    char       *err_constraint = NULL;
    char       *err_datatype = NULL;
    char       *err_table = NULL;
    char       *err_schema = NULL;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* RAISE with no parameters: re-throw current exception */
    if (stmt->condname == NULL && stmt->message == NULL &&
        stmt->options == NIL)
    {
        if (estate->cur_error != NULL)
            ReThrowError(estate->cur_error);
        /* oops, we're not inside a handler */
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_STACKED_DIAGNOSTICS_ACCESSED_WITHOUT_ACTIVE_HANDLER),
                 errmsg("RAISE without parameters cannot be used outside an exception handler")));
    }
 
    /* We'll need to accumulate the various strings in stmt_mcontext */
    stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
 
    if (stmt->condname)
    {
        err_code = plpgsql_recognize_err_condition(stmt->condname, true);
        condname = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, stmt->condname);
    }
 
    if (stmt->message)
    {
        StringInfoData ds;
        ListCell   *current_param;
        char       *cp;
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        /* build string in stmt_mcontext */
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
        initStringInfo(&ds);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
        current_param = list_head(stmt->params);
 
        for (cp = stmt->message; *cp; cp++)
        {
            /*
             * Occurrences of a single % are replaced by the next parameter's
             * external representation. Double %'s are converted to one %.
             */
            if (cp[0] == '%')
            {
                Oid         paramtypeid;
                int32       paramtypmod;
                Datum       paramvalue;
                bool        paramisnull;
                char       *extval;
 
                if (cp[1] == '%')
                {
                    appendStringInfoChar(&ds, '%');
                    cp++;
                    continue;
                }
 
                /* should have been checked at compile time */
                if (current_param == NULL)
                    elog(ERROR, "unexpected RAISE parameter list length");
 
                paramvalue = exec_eval_expr(estate,
                                            (PLpgSQL_expr *) lfirst(current_param),
                                            &paramisnull,
                                            &paramtypeid,
                                            &paramtypmod);
 
                if (paramisnull)
                    extval = "<NULL>";
                else
                    extval = convert_value_to_string(estate,
                                                     paramvalue,
                                                     paramtypeid);
                appendStringInfoString(&ds, extval);
                current_param = lnext(stmt->params, current_param);
                exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
            }
            else
                appendStringInfoChar(&ds, cp[0]);
        }
 
        /* should have been checked at compile time */
        if (current_param != NULL)
            elog(ERROR, "unexpected RAISE parameter list length");
 
        err_message = ds.data;
    }
 
    foreach(lc, stmt->options)
    {
        PLpgSQL_raise_option *opt = (PLpgSQL_raise_option *) lfirst(lc);
        Datum       optionvalue;
        bool        optionisnull;
        Oid         optiontypeid;
        int32       optiontypmod;
        char       *extval;
 
        optionvalue = exec_eval_expr(estate, opt->expr,
                                     &optionisnull,
                                     &optiontypeid,
                                     &optiontypmod);
        if (optionisnull)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                     errmsg("RAISE statement option cannot be null")));
 
        extval = convert_value_to_string(estate, optionvalue, optiontypeid);
 
        switch (opt->opt_type)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_ERRCODE:
                if (err_code)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                             errmsg("RAISE option already specified: %s",
                                    "ERRCODE")));
                err_code = plpgsql_recognize_err_condition(extval, true);
                condname = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, extval);
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_MESSAGE:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_message, "MESSAGE");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_DETAIL:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_detail, "DETAIL");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_HINT:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_hint, "HINT");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_COLUMN:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_column, "COLUMN");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_CONSTRAINT:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_constraint, "CONSTRAINT");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_DATATYPE:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_datatype, "DATATYPE");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_TABLE:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_table, "TABLE");
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RAISEOPTION_SCHEMA:
                SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT(err_schema, "SCHEMA");
                break;
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized raise option: %d", opt->opt_type);
        }
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    }
 
    /* Default code if nothing specified */
    if (err_code == 0 && stmt->elog_level >= ERROR)
        err_code = ERRCODE_RAISE_EXCEPTION;
 
    /* Default error message if nothing specified */
    if (err_message == NULL)
    {
        if (condname)
        {
            err_message = condname;
            condname = NULL;
        }
        else
            err_message = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext,
                                              unpack_sql_state(err_code));
    }
 
    /*
     * Throw the error (may or may not come back)
     */
    ereport(stmt->elog_level,
            (err_code ? errcode(err_code) : 0,
             errmsg_internal("%s", err_message),
             (err_detail != NULL) ? errdetail_internal("%s", err_detail) : 0,
             (err_hint != NULL) ? errhint("%s", err_hint) : 0,
             (err_column != NULL) ?
             err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_COLUMN_NAME, err_column) : 0,
             (err_constraint != NULL) ?
             err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME, err_constraint) : 0,
             (err_datatype != NULL) ?
             err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_DATATYPE_NAME, err_datatype) : 0,
             (err_table != NULL) ?
             err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_TABLE_NAME, err_table) : 0,
             (err_schema != NULL) ?
             err_generic_string(PG_DIAG_SCHEMA_NAME, err_schema) : 0));
 
    /* Clean up transient strings */
    MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_return()

static int exec_stmt_return	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_return *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3197 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /*
     * If processing a set-returning PL/pgSQL function, the final RETURN
     * indicates that the function is finished producing tuples.  The rest of
     * the work will be done at the top level.
     */
    if (estate->retisset)
        return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
 
    /* initialize for null result */
    estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
    estate->retisnull = true;
    estate->rettype = InvalidOid;
 
    /*
     * Special case path when the RETURN expression is a simple variable
     * reference; in particular, this path is always taken in functions with
     * one or more OUT parameters.
     *
     * This special case is especially efficient for returning variables that
     * have R/W expanded values: we can put the R/W pointer directly into
     * estate->retval, leading to transferring the value to the caller's
     * context cheaply.  If we went through exec_eval_expr we'd end up with a
     * R/O pointer.  It's okay to skip MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly here since
     * we know we won't need the variable's value within the function anymore.
     */
    if (stmt->retvarno >= 0)
    {
        PLpgSQL_datum *retvar = estate->datums[stmt->retvarno];
 
        switch (retvar->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
                /* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
                plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar);
 
                /* FALL THRU */
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar;
 
                    estate->retval = var->value;
                    estate->retisnull = var->isnull;
                    estate->rettype = var->datatype->typoid;
 
                    /*
                     * A PLpgSQL_var could not be of composite type, so
                     * conversion must fail if retistuple.  We throw a custom
                     * error mainly for consistency with historical behavior.
                     * For the same reason, we don't throw error if the result
                     * is NULL.  (Note that plpgsql_exec_trigger assumes that
                     * any non-null result has been verified to be composite.)
                     */
                    if (estate->retistuple && !estate->retisnull)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) retvar;
 
                    /* If record is empty, we return NULL not a row of nulls */
                    if (rec->erh && !ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
                    {
                        estate->retval = ExpandedRecordGetDatum(rec->erh);
                        estate->retisnull = false;
                        estate->rettype = rec->rectypeid;
                    }
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) retvar;
                    int32       rettypmod;
 
                    /* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
                    exec_eval_datum(estate,
                                    (PLpgSQL_datum *) row,
                                    &estate->rettype,
                                    &rettypmod,
                                    &estate->retval,
                                    &estate->retisnull);
                }
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", retvar->dtype);
        }
 
        return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
    }
 
    if (stmt->expr != NULL)
    {
        int32       rettypmod;
 
        estate->retval = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->expr,
                                        &(estate->retisnull),
                                        &(estate->rettype),
                                        &rettypmod);
 
        /*
         * As in the DTYPE_VAR case above, throw a custom error if a non-null,
         * non-composite value is returned in a function returning tuple.
         */
        if (estate->retistuple && !estate->retisnull &&
            !type_is_rowtype(estate->rettype))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                     errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
 
        return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
    }
 
    /*
     * Special hack for function returning VOID: instead of NULL, return a
     * non-null VOID value.  This is of dubious importance but is kept for
     * backwards compatibility.  We don't do it for procedures, though.
     */
    if (estate->fn_rettype == VOIDOID &&
        estate->func->fn_prokind != PROKIND_PROCEDURE)
    {
        estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
        estate->retisnull = false;
        estate->rettype = VOIDOID;
    }
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN;
}

References PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, elog, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_eval_datum(), exec_eval_expr(), ExpandedRecordGetDatum(), ExpandedRecordIsEmpty, PLpgSQL_function::fn_prokind, PLpgSQL_execstate::fn_rettype, PLpgSQL_execstate::func, InvalidOid, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, plpgsql_fulfill_promise(), PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_execstate::retisnull, PLpgSQL_execstate::retisset, PLpgSQL_execstate::retistuple, PLpgSQL_execstate::rettype, PLpgSQL_execstate::retval, stmt, type_is_rowtype(), PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_return_next()

static int exec_stmt_return_next	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3340 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    TupleDesc   tupdesc;
    int         natts;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    if (!estate->retisset)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("cannot use RETURN NEXT in a non-SETOF function")));
 
    if (estate->tuple_store == NULL)
        exec_init_tuple_store(estate);
 
    /* tuple_store_desc will be filled by exec_init_tuple_store */
    tupdesc = estate->tuple_store_desc;
    natts = tupdesc->natts;
 
    /*
     * Special case path when the RETURN NEXT expression is a simple variable
     * reference; in particular, this path is always taken in functions with
     * one or more OUT parameters.
     *
     * Unlike exec_stmt_return, there's no special win here for R/W expanded
     * values, since they'll have to get flattened to go into the tuplestore.
     * Indeed, we'd better make them R/O to avoid any risk of the casting step
     * changing them in-place.
     */
    if (stmt->retvarno >= 0)
    {
        PLpgSQL_datum *retvar = estate->datums[stmt->retvarno];
 
        switch (retvar->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
                /* fulfill promise if needed, then handle like regular var */
                plpgsql_fulfill_promise(estate, (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar);
 
                /* FALL THRU */
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) retvar;
                    Datum       retval = var->value;
                    bool        isNull = var->isnull;
                    Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
 
                    if (natts != 1)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
 
                    /* let's be very paranoid about the cast step */
                    retval = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(retval,
                                                        isNull,
                                                        var->datatype->typlen);
 
                    /* coerce type if needed */
                    retval = exec_cast_value(estate,
                                             retval,
                                             &isNull,
                                             var->datatype->typoid,
                                             var->datatype->atttypmod,
                                             attr->atttypid,
                                             attr->atttypmod);
 
                    tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
                                         &retval, &isNull);
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) retvar;
                    TupleDesc   rec_tupdesc;
                    TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
 
                    /* If rec is null, try to convert it to a row of nulls */
                    if (rec->erh == NULL)
                        instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
                    if (ExpandedRecordIsEmpty(rec->erh))
                        deconstruct_expanded_record(rec->erh);
 
                    /* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
                    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
                    rec_tupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(rec->erh);
                    tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(rec_tupdesc,
                                                        tupdesc,
                                                        gettext_noop("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT"));
                    tuple = expanded_record_get_tuple(rec->erh);
                    if (tupmap)
                        tuple = execute_attr_map_tuple(tuple, tupmap);
                    tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
                    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_row *row = (PLpgSQL_row *) retvar;
 
                    /* We get here if there are multiple OUT parameters */
 
                    /* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
                    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
                    tuple = make_tuple_from_row(estate, row, tupdesc);
                    if (tuple == NULL)  /* should not happen */
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                                 errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
                    tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
                    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
                }
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", retvar->dtype);
                break;
        }
    }
    else if (stmt->expr)
    {
        Datum       retval;
        bool        isNull;
        Oid         rettype;
        int32       rettypmod;
 
        retval = exec_eval_expr(estate,
                                stmt->expr,
                                &isNull,
                                &rettype,
                                &rettypmod);
 
        if (estate->retistuple)
        {
            /* Expression should be of RECORD or composite type */
            if (!isNull)
            {
                HeapTupleData tmptup;
                TupleDesc   retvaldesc;
                TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
 
                if (!type_is_rowtype(rettype))
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                             errmsg("cannot return non-composite value from function returning composite type")));
 
                /* Use eval_mcontext for tuple conversion work */
                oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
                retvaldesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(retval, &tmptup);
                tuple = &tmptup;
                tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retvaldesc, tupdesc,
                                                    gettext_noop("returned record type does not match expected record type"));
                if (tupmap)
                    tuple = execute_attr_map_tuple(tuple, tupmap);
                tuplestore_puttuple(estate->tuple_store, tuple);
                ReleaseTupleDesc(retvaldesc);
                MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
            }
            else
            {
                /* Composite NULL --- store a row of nulls */
                Datum      *nulldatums;
                bool       *nullflags;
 
                nulldatums = (Datum *)
                    eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, natts * sizeof(Datum));
                nullflags = (bool *)
                    eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, natts * sizeof(bool));
                memset(nullflags, true, natts * sizeof(bool));
                tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
                                     nulldatums, nullflags);
            }
        }
        else
        {
            Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
 
            /* Simple scalar result */
            if (natts != 1)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                         errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
 
            /* coerce type if needed */
            retval = exec_cast_value(estate,
                                     retval,
                                     &isNull,
                                     rettype,
                                     rettypmod,
                                     attr->atttypid,
                                     attr->atttypmod);
 
            tuplestore_putvalues(estate->tuple_store, tupdesc,
                                 &retval, &isNull);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("RETURN NEXT must have a parameter")));
    }
 
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, convert_tuples_by_position(), PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, deconstruct_composite_datum(), deconstruct_expanded_record(), PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, elog, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, eval_mcontext_alloc, eval_mcontext_alloc0, exec_cast_value(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_init_tuple_store(), execute_attr_map_tuple(), expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), expanded_record_get_tuple(), ExpandedRecordIsEmpty, get_eval_mcontext, gettext_noop, instantiate_empty_record_variable(), PLpgSQL_var::isnull, make_tuple_from_row(), MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), TupleDescData::natts, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, plpgsql_fulfill_promise(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, ReleaseTupleDesc, PLpgSQL_execstate::retisset, PLpgSQL_execstate::retistuple, stmt, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_desc, TupleDescAttr(), tuplestore_puttuple(), tuplestore_putvalues(), type_is_rowtype(), PLpgSQL_type::typlen, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_return_query()

static int exec_stmt_return_query	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 3558 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int64       tcount;
    DestReceiver *treceiver;
    int         rc;
    uint64      processed;
    MemoryContext stmt_mcontext = get_stmt_mcontext(estate);
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    if (!estate->retisset)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                 errmsg("cannot use RETURN QUERY in a non-SETOF function")));
 
    if (estate->tuple_store == NULL)
        exec_init_tuple_store(estate);
    /* There might be some tuples in the tuplestore already */
    tcount = tuplestore_tuple_count(estate->tuple_store);
 
    /*
     * Set up DestReceiver to transfer results directly to tuplestore,
     * converting rowtype if necessary.  DestReceiver lives in mcontext.
     */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(stmt_mcontext);
    treceiver = CreateDestReceiver(DestTuplestore);
    SetTuplestoreDestReceiverParams(treceiver,
                                    estate->tuple_store,
                                    estate->tuple_store_cxt,
                                    false,
                                    estate->tuple_store_desc,
                                    gettext_noop("structure of query does not match function result type"));
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    if (stmt->query != NULL)
    {
        /* static query */
        PLpgSQL_expr *expr = stmt->query;
        ParamListInfo paramLI;
        SPIExecuteOptions options;
 
        /*
         * On the first call for this expression generate the plan.
         */
        if (expr->plan == NULL)
            exec_prepare_plan(estate, expr, CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK);
 
        /*
         * Set up ParamListInfo to pass to executor
         */
        paramLI = setup_param_list(estate, expr);
 
        /*
         * Execute the query
         */
        memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
        options.params = paramLI;
        options.read_only = estate->readonly_func;
        options.must_return_tuples = true;
        options.dest = treceiver;
 
        rc = SPI_execute_plan_extended(expr->plan, &options);
        if (rc < 0)
            elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_plan_extended failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
                 expr->query, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
    }
    else
    {
        /* RETURN QUERY EXECUTE */
        Datum       query;
        bool        isnull;
        Oid         restype;
        int32       restypmod;
        char       *querystr;
        SPIExecuteOptions options;
 
        /*
         * Evaluate the string expression after the EXECUTE keyword. Its
         * result is the querystring we have to execute.
         */
        Assert(stmt->dynquery != NULL);
        query = exec_eval_expr(estate, stmt->dynquery,
                               &isnull, &restype, &restypmod);
        if (isnull)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
                     errmsg("query string argument of EXECUTE is null")));
 
        /* Get the C-String representation */
        querystr = convert_value_to_string(estate, query, restype);
 
        /* copy it into the stmt_mcontext before we clean up */
        querystr = MemoryContextStrdup(stmt_mcontext, querystr);
 
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
        /* Execute query, passing params if necessary */
        memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
        options.params = exec_eval_using_params(estate,
                                                stmt->params);
        options.read_only = estate->readonly_func;
        options.must_return_tuples = true;
        options.dest = treceiver;
 
        rc = SPI_execute_extended(querystr, &options);
        if (rc < 0)
            elog(ERROR, "SPI_execute_extended failed executing query \"%s\": %s",
                 querystr, SPI_result_code_string(rc));
    }
 
    /* Clean up */
    treceiver->rDestroy(treceiver);
    exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
    MemoryContextReset(stmt_mcontext);
 
    /* Count how many tuples we got */
    processed = tuplestore_tuple_count(estate->tuple_store) - tcount;
 
    estate->eval_processed = processed;
    exec_set_found(estate, processed != 0);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References Assert(), convert_value_to_string(), CreateDestReceiver(), CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK, DestTuplestore, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_processed, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_eval_expr(), exec_eval_using_params(), exec_init_tuple_store(), exec_prepare_plan(), exec_set_found(), get_stmt_mcontext(), gettext_noop, MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextStrdup(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), options, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_expr::query, _DestReceiver::rDestroy, PLpgSQL_execstate::readonly_func, PLpgSQL_execstate::retisset, SetTuplestoreDestReceiverParams(), setup_param_list(), SPI_execute_extended(), SPI_execute_plan_extended(), SPI_result_code_string(), stmt, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_cxt, PLpgSQL_execstate::tuple_store_desc, and tuplestore_tuple_count().

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_rollback()

static int exec_stmt_rollback	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 4994 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    if (stmt->chain)
        SPI_rollback_and_chain();
    else
        SPI_rollback();
 
    /*
     * We need to build new simple-expression infrastructure, since the old
     * data structures are gone.
     */
    estate->simple_eval_estate = NULL;
    estate->simple_eval_resowner = NULL;
    plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
 
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References plpgsql_create_econtext(), PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_estate, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_resowner, SPI_rollback(), SPI_rollback_and_chain(), and stmt.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmt_while()

static int exec_stmt_while	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_while *	stmt
	)

static

Definition at line 2665 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         rc = PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
 
    for (;;)
    {
        bool        value;
        bool        isnull;
 
        value = exec_eval_boolean(estate, stmt->cond, &isnull);
        exec_eval_cleanup(estate);
 
        if (isnull || !value)
            break;
 
        rc = exec_stmts(estate, stmt->body);
 
        LOOP_RC_PROCESSING(stmt->label, break);
    }
 
    return rc;
}

References exec_eval_boolean(), exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_stmts(), LOOP_RC_PROCESSING, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, stmt, and value.

Referenced by exec_stmts().

◆ exec_stmts()

static int exec_stmts	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		List *	stmts
	)

static

Definition at line 1996 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_stmt *save_estmt = estate->err_stmt;
    ListCell   *s;
 
    if (stmts == NIL)
    {
        /*
         * Ensure we do a CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() even though there is no
         * statement.  This prevents hangup in a tight loop if, for instance,
         * there is a LOOP construct with an empty body.
         */
        CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
        return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
    }
 
    foreach(s, stmts)
    {
        PLpgSQL_stmt *stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) lfirst(s);
        int         rc;
 
        estate->err_stmt = stmt;
 
        /* Let the plugin know that we are about to execute this statement */
        if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg)
            ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg) (estate, stmt);
 
        CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
 
        switch (stmt->cmd_type)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_BLOCK:
                rc = exec_stmt_block(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_block *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSIGN:
                rc = exec_stmt_assign(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_assign *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_PERFORM:
                rc = exec_stmt_perform(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_perform *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_CALL:
                rc = exec_stmt_call(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_call *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_GETDIAG:
                rc = exec_stmt_getdiag(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_IF:
                rc = exec_stmt_if(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_if *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_CASE:
                rc = exec_stmt_case(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_case *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_LOOP:
                rc = exec_stmt_loop(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_loop *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_WHILE:
                rc = exec_stmt_while(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_while *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORI:
                rc = exec_stmt_fori(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fori *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORS:
                rc = exec_stmt_fors(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fors *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_FORC:
                rc = exec_stmt_forc(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_forc *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_FOREACH_A:
                rc = exec_stmt_foreach_a(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_foreach_a *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_EXIT:
                rc = exec_stmt_exit(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_exit *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN:
                rc = exec_stmt_return(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_NEXT:
                rc = exec_stmt_return_next(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return_next *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_QUERY:
                rc = exec_stmt_return_query(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_return_query *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_RAISE:
                rc = exec_stmt_raise(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_raise *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSERT:
                rc = exec_stmt_assert(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_assert *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL:
                rc = exec_stmt_execsql(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_execsql *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNEXECUTE:
                rc = exec_stmt_dynexecute(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_dynexecute *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNFORS:
                rc = exec_stmt_dynfors(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_dynfors *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_OPEN:
                rc = exec_stmt_open(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_open *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_FETCH:
                rc = exec_stmt_fetch(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_fetch *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_CLOSE:
                rc = exec_stmt_close(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_close *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_COMMIT:
                rc = exec_stmt_commit(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_commit *) stmt);
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_STMT_ROLLBACK:
                rc = exec_stmt_rollback(estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt_rollback *) stmt);
                break;
 
            default:
                /* point err_stmt to parent, since this one seems corrupt */
                estate->err_stmt = save_estmt;
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized cmd_type: %d", stmt->cmd_type);
                rc = -1;        /* keep compiler quiet */
        }
 
        /* Let the plugin know that we have finished executing this statement */
        if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end)
            ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end) (estate, stmt);
 
        if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_OK)
        {
            estate->err_stmt = save_estmt;
            return rc;
        }
    }                           /* end of loop over statements */
 
    estate->err_stmt = save_estmt;
    return PLPGSQL_RC_OK;
}

References CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, elog, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_stmt, ERROR, exec_stmt_assert(), exec_stmt_assign(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_close(), exec_stmt_commit(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_dynfors(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_exit(), exec_stmt_fetch(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_fors(), exec_stmt_getdiag(), exec_stmt_if(), exec_stmt_loop(), exec_stmt_open(), exec_stmt_perform(), exec_stmt_raise(), exec_stmt_return(), exec_stmt_return_next(), exec_stmt_return_query(), exec_stmt_rollback(), exec_stmt_while(), lfirst, NIL, plpgsql_plugin_ptr, PLPGSQL_RC_OK, PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSERT, PLPGSQL_STMT_ASSIGN, PLPGSQL_STMT_BLOCK, PLPGSQL_STMT_CALL, PLPGSQL_STMT_CASE, PLPGSQL_STMT_CLOSE, PLPGSQL_STMT_COMMIT, PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNEXECUTE, PLPGSQL_STMT_DYNFORS, PLPGSQL_STMT_EXECSQL, PLPGSQL_STMT_EXIT, PLPGSQL_STMT_FETCH, PLPGSQL_STMT_FORC, PLPGSQL_STMT_FOREACH_A, PLPGSQL_STMT_FORI, PLPGSQL_STMT_FORS, PLPGSQL_STMT_GETDIAG, PLPGSQL_STMT_IF, PLPGSQL_STMT_LOOP, PLPGSQL_STMT_OPEN, PLPGSQL_STMT_PERFORM, PLPGSQL_STMT_RAISE, PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN, PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_NEXT, PLPGSQL_STMT_RETURN_QUERY, PLPGSQL_STMT_ROLLBACK, PLPGSQL_STMT_WHILE, stmt, PLpgSQL_plugin::stmt_beg, and PLpgSQL_plugin::stmt_end.

Referenced by exec_for_query(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_case(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_fori(), exec_stmt_if(), exec_stmt_loop(), and exec_stmt_while().

◆ exec_toplevel_block()

static int exec_toplevel_block	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_stmt_block *	block
	)

static

Definition at line 1634 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         rc;
 
    estate->err_stmt = (PLpgSQL_stmt *) block;
 
    /* Let the plugin know that we are about to execute this statement */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_beg) (estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt *) block);
 
    CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
 
    rc = exec_stmt_block(estate, block);
 
    /* Let the plugin know that we have finished executing this statement */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->stmt_end) (estate, (PLpgSQL_stmt *) block);
 
    estate->err_stmt = NULL;
 
    return rc;
}

References CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_stmt, exec_stmt_block(), plpgsql_plugin_ptr, PLpgSQL_plugin::stmt_beg, and PLpgSQL_plugin::stmt_end.

Referenced by plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ format_expr_params()

static char * format_expr_params	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		const PLpgSQL_expr *	expr
	)

static

Definition at line 9022 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         paramno;
    int         dno;
    StringInfoData paramstr;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    if (!expr->paramnos)
        return NULL;
 
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
    initStringInfo(&paramstr);
    paramno = 0;
    dno = -1;
    while ((dno = bms_next_member(expr->paramnos, dno)) >= 0)
    {
        Datum       paramdatum;
        Oid         paramtypeid;
        bool        paramisnull;
        int32       paramtypmod;
        PLpgSQL_var *curvar;
 
        curvar = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
 
        exec_eval_datum(estate, (PLpgSQL_datum *) curvar,
                        &paramtypeid, &paramtypmod,
                        &paramdatum, &paramisnull);
 
        appendStringInfo(&paramstr, "%s%s = ",
                         paramno > 0 ? ", " : "",
                         curvar->refname);
 
        if (paramisnull)
            appendStringInfoString(&paramstr, "NULL");
        else
            appendStringInfoStringQuoted(&paramstr,
                                         convert_value_to_string(estate,
                                                                 paramdatum,
                                                                 paramtypeid),
                                         -1);
 
        paramno++;
    }
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    return paramstr.data;
}

References appendStringInfo(), appendStringInfoString(), appendStringInfoStringQuoted(), bms_next_member(), convert_value_to_string(), StringInfoData::data, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, exec_eval_datum(), get_eval_mcontext, initStringInfo(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLpgSQL_expr::paramnos, and PLpgSQL_var::refname.

Referenced by exec_stmt_execsql().

◆ format_preparedparamsdata()

static char * format_preparedparamsdata	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		ParamListInfo	paramLI
	)

static

Definition at line 9079 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         paramno;
    StringInfoData paramstr;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    if (!paramLI)
        return NULL;
 
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
    initStringInfo(&paramstr);
    for (paramno = 0; paramno < paramLI->numParams; paramno++)
    {
        ParamExternData *prm = &paramLI->params[paramno];
 
        /*
         * Note: for now, this is only used on ParamListInfos produced by
         * exec_eval_using_params(), so we don't worry about invoking the
         * paramFetch hook or skipping unused parameters.
         */
        appendStringInfo(&paramstr, "%s$%d = ",
                         paramno > 0 ? ", " : "",
                         paramno + 1);
 
        if (prm->isnull)
            appendStringInfoString(&paramstr, "NULL");
        else
            appendStringInfoStringQuoted(&paramstr,
                                         convert_value_to_string(estate,
                                                                 prm->value,
                                                                 prm->ptype),
                                         -1);
    }
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    return paramstr.data;
}

References appendStringInfo(), appendStringInfoString(), appendStringInfoStringQuoted(), convert_value_to_string(), StringInfoData::data, get_eval_mcontext, initStringInfo(), ParamExternData::isnull, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), ParamListInfoData::numParams, ParamListInfoData::params, ParamExternData::ptype, and ParamExternData::value.

Referenced by exec_stmt_dynexecute().

◆ get_cast_hashentry()

static plpgsql_CastHashEntry * get_cast_hashentry	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		Oid	srctype,
		int32	srctypmod,
		Oid	dsttype,
		int32	dsttypmod
	)

static

Definition at line 7952 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    plpgsql_CastHashKey cast_key;
    plpgsql_CastHashEntry *cast_entry;
    plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry *expr_entry;
    bool        found;
    LocalTransactionId curlxid;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    /* Look for existing entry */
    cast_key.srctype = srctype;
    cast_key.dsttype = dsttype;
    cast_key.srctypmod = srctypmod;
    cast_key.dsttypmod = dsttypmod;
    cast_entry = (plpgsql_CastHashEntry *) hash_search(estate->cast_hash,
                                                       &cast_key,
                                                       HASH_ENTER, &found);
    if (!found)                 /* initialize if new entry */
    {
        /* We need a second lookup to see if a cast_expr_hash entry exists */
        expr_entry = (plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry *) hash_search(cast_expr_hash,
                                                               &cast_key,
                                                               HASH_ENTER,
                                                               &found);
        if (!found)             /* initialize if new expr entry */
            expr_entry->cast_cexpr = NULL;
 
        cast_entry->cast_centry = expr_entry;
        cast_entry->cast_exprstate = NULL;
        cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
        cast_entry->cast_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
    }
    else
    {
        /* Use always-valid link to avoid a second hash lookup */
        expr_entry = cast_entry->cast_centry;
    }
 
    if (expr_entry->cast_cexpr == NULL ||
        !expr_entry->cast_cexpr->is_valid)
    {
        /*
         * We've not looked up this coercion before, or we have but the cached
         * expression has been invalidated.
         */
        Node       *cast_expr;
        CachedExpression *cast_cexpr;
        CaseTestExpr *placeholder;
 
        /*
         * Drop old cached expression if there is one.
         */
        if (expr_entry->cast_cexpr)
        {
            FreeCachedExpression(expr_entry->cast_cexpr);
            expr_entry->cast_cexpr = NULL;
        }
 
        /*
         * Since we could easily fail (no such coercion), construct a
         * temporary coercion expression tree in the short-lived
         * eval_mcontext, then if successful save it as a CachedExpression.
         */
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
        /*
         * We use a CaseTestExpr as the base of the coercion tree, since it's
         * very cheap to insert the source value for that.
         */
        placeholder = makeNode(CaseTestExpr);
        placeholder->typeId = srctype;
        placeholder->typeMod = srctypmod;
        placeholder->collation = get_typcollation(srctype);
 
        /*
         * Apply coercion.  We use the special coercion context
         * COERCION_PLPGSQL to match plpgsql's historical behavior, namely
         * that any cast not available at ASSIGNMENT level will be implemented
         * as an I/O coercion.  (It's somewhat dubious that we prefer I/O
         * coercion over cast pathways that exist at EXPLICIT level.  Changing
         * that would cause assorted minor behavioral differences though, and
         * a user who wants the explicit-cast behavior can always write an
         * explicit cast.)
         *
         * If source type is UNKNOWN, coerce_to_target_type will fail (it only
         * expects to see that for Const input nodes), so don't call it; we'll
         * apply CoerceViaIO instead.  Likewise, it doesn't currently work for
         * coercing RECORD to some other type, so skip for that too.
         */
        if (srctype == UNKNOWNOID || srctype == RECORDOID)
            cast_expr = NULL;
        else
            cast_expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL,
                                              (Node *) placeholder, srctype,
                                              dsttype, dsttypmod,
                                              COERCION_PLPGSQL,
                                              COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
                                              -1);
 
        /*
         * If there's no cast path according to the parser, fall back to using
         * an I/O coercion; this is semantically dubious but matches plpgsql's
         * historical behavior.  We would need something of the sort for
         * UNKNOWN literals in any case.  (This is probably now only reachable
         * in the case where srctype is UNKNOWN/RECORD.)
         */
        if (cast_expr == NULL)
        {
            CoerceViaIO *iocoerce = makeNode(CoerceViaIO);
 
            iocoerce->arg = (Expr *) placeholder;
            iocoerce->resulttype = dsttype;
            iocoerce->resultcollid = InvalidOid;
            iocoerce->coerceformat = COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST;
            iocoerce->location = -1;
            cast_expr = (Node *) iocoerce;
            if (dsttypmod != -1)
                cast_expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL,
                                                  cast_expr, dsttype,
                                                  dsttype, dsttypmod,
                                                  COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
                                                  COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
                                                  -1);
        }
 
        /* Note: we don't bother labeling the expression tree with collation */
 
        /* Plan the expression and build a CachedExpression */
        cast_cexpr = GetCachedExpression(cast_expr);
        cast_expr = cast_cexpr->expr;
 
        /* Detect whether we have a no-op (RelabelType) coercion */
        if (IsA(cast_expr, RelabelType) &&
            ((RelabelType *) cast_expr)->arg == (Expr *) placeholder)
            cast_expr = NULL;
 
        /* Now we can fill in the expression hashtable entry. */
        expr_entry->cast_cexpr = cast_cexpr;
        expr_entry->cast_expr = (Expr *) cast_expr;
 
        /* Be sure to reset the exprstate hashtable entry, too. */
        cast_entry->cast_exprstate = NULL;
        cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
        cast_entry->cast_lxid = InvalidLocalTransactionId;
 
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    }
 
    /* Done if we have determined that this is a no-op cast. */
    if (expr_entry->cast_expr == NULL)
        return NULL;
 
    /*
     * Prepare the expression for execution, if it's not been done already in
     * the current transaction; also, if it's marked busy in the current
     * transaction, abandon that expression tree and build a new one, so as to
     * avoid potential problems with recursive cast expressions and failed
     * executions.  (We will leak some memory intra-transaction if that
     * happens a lot, but we don't expect it to.)  It's okay to update the
     * hash table with the new tree because all plpgsql functions within a
     * given transaction share the same simple_eval_estate.  (Well, regular
     * functions do; DO blocks have private simple_eval_estates, and private
     * cast hash tables to go with them.)
     */
    curlxid = MyProc->vxid.lxid;
    if (cast_entry->cast_lxid != curlxid || cast_entry->cast_in_use)
    {
        oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->simple_eval_estate->es_query_cxt);
        cast_entry->cast_exprstate = ExecInitExpr(expr_entry->cast_expr, NULL);
        cast_entry->cast_in_use = false;
        cast_entry->cast_lxid = curlxid;
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    }
 
    return cast_entry;
}

References arg, CoerceViaIO::arg, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_centry, plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry::cast_cexpr, plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry::cast_expr, cast_expr_hash, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_exprstate, PLpgSQL_execstate::cast_hash, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_in_use, plpgsql_CastHashEntry::cast_lxid, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, COERCION_PLPGSQL, plpgsql_CastHashKey::dsttype, plpgsql_CastHashKey::dsttypmod, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecInitExpr(), CachedExpression::expr, FreeCachedExpression(), get_eval_mcontext, get_typcollation(), GetCachedExpression(), HASH_ENTER, hash_search(), InvalidLocalTransactionId, InvalidOid, CachedExpression::is_valid, IsA, CoerceViaIO::location, PGPROC::lxid, makeNode, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MyProc, CoerceViaIO::resulttype, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_estate, plpgsql_CastHashKey::srctype, plpgsql_CastHashKey::srctypmod, CaseTestExpr::typeId, and PGPROC::vxid.

Referenced by do_cast_value().

◆ get_stmt_mcontext()

static MemoryContext get_stmt_mcontext ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 1544 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    if (estate->stmt_mcontext == NULL)
    {
        estate->stmt_mcontext =
            AllocSetContextCreate(estate->stmt_mcontext_parent,
                                  "PLpgSQL per-statement data",
                                  ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    }
    return estate->stmt_mcontext;
}

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext, and PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext_parent.

Referenced by exec_dynquery_with_params(), exec_eval_using_params(), exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_dynexecute(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_foreach_a(), exec_stmt_open(), exec_stmt_raise(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

◆ instantiate_empty_record_variable()

static void instantiate_empty_record_variable	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_rec *	rec
	)

static

Definition at line 7820 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Assert(rec->erh == NULL);   /* else caller error */
 
    /* If declared type is RECORD, we can't instantiate */
    if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
                 errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet", rec->refname),
                 errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
 
    /* Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it */
    revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
 
    /* OK, do it */
    rec->erh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(rec->rectypeid, -1,
                                                estate->datum_context);
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datum_context, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, make_expanded_record_from_typeid(), PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, and revalidate_rectypeid().

Referenced by exec_assign_value(), exec_eval_datum(), exec_stmt_return_next(), plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type(), plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info(), and plpgsql_param_eval_recfield().

◆ make_callstmt_target()

static PLpgSQL_variable * make_callstmt_target	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr
	)

static

Definition at line 2289 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    CachedPlan *cplan;
    PlannedStmt *pstmt;
    CallStmt   *stmt;
    FuncExpr   *funcexpr;
    HeapTuple   func_tuple;
    Oid        *argtypes;
    char      **argnames;
    char       *argmodes;
    int         numargs;
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
    PLpgSQL_row *row;
    int         nfields;
    int         i;
 
    /* Use eval_mcontext for any cruft accumulated here */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
    /*
     * Get the parsed CallStmt, and look up the called procedure.  We use
     * SPI_plan_get_cached_plan to cover the edge case where expr->plan is
     * already stale and needs to be updated.
     */
    cplan = SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(expr->plan);
    if (cplan == NULL || list_length(cplan->stmt_list) != 1)
        elog(ERROR, "query for CALL statement is not a CallStmt");
    pstmt = linitial_node(PlannedStmt, cplan->stmt_list);
    stmt = (CallStmt *) pstmt->utilityStmt;
    if (stmt == NULL || !IsA(stmt, CallStmt))
        elog(ERROR, "query for CALL statement is not a CallStmt");
 
    funcexpr = stmt->funcexpr;
 
    func_tuple = SearchSysCache1(PROCOID,
                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(funcexpr->funcid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(func_tuple))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u",
             funcexpr->funcid);
 
    /*
     * Get the argument names and modes, so that we can deliver on-point error
     * messages when something is wrong.
     */
    numargs = get_func_arg_info(func_tuple, &argtypes, &argnames, &argmodes);
 
    ReleaseSysCache(func_tuple);
 
    /*
     * Begin constructing row Datum; keep it in fn_cxt so it's adequately
     * long-lived.
     */
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->func->fn_cxt);
 
    row = (PLpgSQL_row *) palloc0(sizeof(PLpgSQL_row));
    row->dtype = PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW;
    row->refname = "(unnamed row)";
    row->lineno = -1;
    row->varnos = (int *) palloc(numargs * sizeof(int));
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(get_eval_mcontext(estate));
 
    /*
     * Examine procedure's argument list.  Each output arg position should be
     * an unadorned plpgsql variable (Datum), which we can insert into the row
     * Datum.
     */
    nfields = 0;
    for (i = 0; i < numargs; i++)
    {
        if (argmodes &&
            (argmodes[i] == PROARGMODE_INOUT ||
             argmodes[i] == PROARGMODE_OUT))
        {
            Node       *n = list_nth(stmt->outargs, nfields);
 
            if (IsA(n, Param))
            {
                Param      *param = (Param *) n;
                int         dno;
 
                /* paramid is offset by 1 (see make_datum_param()) */
                dno = param->paramid - 1;
                /* must check assignability now, because grammar can't */
                exec_check_assignable(estate, dno);
                row->varnos[nfields++] = dno;
            }
            else
            {
                /* report error using parameter name, if available */
                if (argnames && argnames[i] && argnames[i][0])
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                             errmsg("procedure parameter \"%s\" is an output parameter but corresponding argument is not writable",
                                    argnames[i])));
                else
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
                             errmsg("procedure parameter %d is an output parameter but corresponding argument is not writable",
                                    i + 1)));
            }
        }
    }
 
    Assert(nfields == list_length(stmt->outargs));
 
    row->nfields = nfields;
 
    ReleaseCachedPlan(cplan, CurrentResourceOwner);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
 
    return (PLpgSQL_variable *) row;
}

References Assert(), CurrentResourceOwner, PLpgSQL_row::dtype, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_check_assignable(), PLpgSQL_function::fn_cxt, PLpgSQL_execstate::func, FuncExpr::funcid, get_eval_mcontext, get_func_arg_info(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, if(), IsA, PLpgSQL_row::lineno, linitial_node, list_length(), list_nth(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), PLpgSQL_row::nfields, ObjectIdGetDatum(), palloc(), palloc0(), Param::paramid, PLpgSQL_expr::plan, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLpgSQL_row::refname, ReleaseCachedPlan(), ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SPI_plan_get_cached_plan(), stmt, CachedPlan::stmt_list, PlannedStmt::utilityStmt, and PLpgSQL_row::varnos.

Referenced by exec_stmt_call().

◆ make_expanded_record_for_rec()

static ExpandedRecordHeader * make_expanded_record_for_rec	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_rec *	rec,
		TupleDesc	srctupdesc,
		ExpandedRecordHeader *	srcerh
	)

static

Definition at line 7128 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ExpandedRecordHeader *newerh;
    MemoryContext mcontext = get_eval_mcontext(estate);
 
    if (rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
    {
        /*
         * Make sure rec->rectypeid is up-to-date before using it.
         */
        revalidate_rectypeid(rec);
 
        /*
         * New record must be of desired type, but maybe srcerh has already
         * done all the same lookups.
         */
        if (srcerh && rec->rectypeid == srcerh->er_decltypeid)
            newerh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(srcerh,
                                                         mcontext);
        else
            newerh = make_expanded_record_from_typeid(rec->rectypeid, -1,
                                                      mcontext);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * We'll adopt the input tupdesc.  We can still use
         * make_expanded_record_from_exprecord, if srcerh isn't a composite
         * domain.  (If it is, we effectively adopt its base type.)
         */
        if (srcerh && !ExpandedRecordIsDomain(srcerh))
            newerh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(srcerh,
                                                         mcontext);
        else
        {
            if (!srctupdesc)
                srctupdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(srcerh);
            newerh = make_expanded_record_from_tupdesc(srctupdesc,
                                                       mcontext);
        }
    }
 
    return newerh;
}

References ExpandedRecordHeader::er_decltypeid, expanded_record_get_tupdesc(), ExpandedRecordIsDomain, get_eval_mcontext, make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(), make_expanded_record_from_tupdesc(), make_expanded_record_from_typeid(), PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, and revalidate_rectypeid().

Referenced by exec_move_row(), and exec_move_row_from_datum().

◆ make_tuple_from_row()

static HeapTuple make_tuple_from_row	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_row *	row,
		TupleDesc	tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 7501 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         natts = tupdesc->natts;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Datum      *dvalues;
    bool       *nulls;
    int         i;
 
    if (natts != row->nfields)
        return NULL;
 
    dvalues = (Datum *) eval_mcontext_alloc0(estate, natts * sizeof(Datum));
    nulls = (bool *) eval_mcontext_alloc(estate, natts * sizeof(bool));
 
    for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
    {
        Oid         fieldtypeid;
        int32       fieldtypmod;
 
        if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attisdropped)
        {
            nulls[i] = true;    /* leave the column as null */
            continue;
        }
 
        exec_eval_datum(estate, estate->datums[row->varnos[i]],
                        &fieldtypeid, &fieldtypmod,
                        &dvalues[i], &nulls[i]);
        if (fieldtypeid != TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->atttypid)
            return NULL;
        /* XXX should we insist on typmod match, too? */
    }
 
    tuple = heap_form_tuple(tupdesc, dvalues, nulls);
 
    return tuple;
}

References PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, eval_mcontext_alloc, eval_mcontext_alloc0, exec_eval_datum(), heap_form_tuple(), i, TupleDescData::natts, PLpgSQL_row::nfields, TupleDescAttr(), and PLpgSQL_row::varnos.

Referenced by exec_eval_datum(), and exec_stmt_return_next().

◆ plpgsql_create_econtext()

static void plpgsql_create_econtext ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 8620 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    SimpleEcontextStackEntry *entry;
 
    /*
     * Create an EState for evaluation of simple expressions, if there's not
     * one already in the current transaction.  The EState is made a child of
     * TopTransactionContext so it will have the right lifespan.
     *
     * Note that this path is never taken when beginning a DO block; the
     * required EState was already made by plpgsql_inline_handler.  However,
     * if the DO block executes COMMIT or ROLLBACK, then we'll come here and
     * make a shared EState to use for the rest of the DO block.  That's OK;
     * see the comments for shared_simple_eval_estate.  (Note also that a DO
     * block will continue to use its private cast hash table for the rest of
     * the block.  That's okay for now, but it might cause problems someday.)
     */
    if (estate->simple_eval_estate == NULL)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
        if (shared_simple_eval_estate == NULL)
        {
            oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
            shared_simple_eval_estate = CreateExecutorState();
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
        }
        estate->simple_eval_estate = shared_simple_eval_estate;
    }
 
    /*
     * Likewise for the simple-expression resource owner.
     */
    if (estate->simple_eval_resowner == NULL)
    {
        if (shared_simple_eval_resowner == NULL)
            shared_simple_eval_resowner =
                ResourceOwnerCreate(TopTransactionResourceOwner,
                                    "PL/pgSQL simple expressions");
        estate->simple_eval_resowner = shared_simple_eval_resowner;
    }
 
    /*
     * Create a child econtext for the current function.
     */
    estate->eval_econtext = CreateExprContext(estate->simple_eval_estate);
 
    /*
     * Make a stack entry so we can clean up the econtext at subxact end.
     * Stack entries are kept in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
     */
    entry = (SimpleEcontextStackEntry *)
        MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
                           sizeof(SimpleEcontextStackEntry));
 
    entry->stack_econtext = estate->eval_econtext;
    entry->xact_subxid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
 
    entry->next = simple_econtext_stack;
    simple_econtext_stack = entry;
}

References CreateExecutorState(), CreateExprContext(), PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_econtext, GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), MemoryContextAlloc(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), SimpleEcontextStackEntry::next, ResourceOwnerCreate(), shared_simple_eval_estate, shared_simple_eval_resowner, simple_econtext_stack, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_estate, PLpgSQL_execstate::simple_eval_resowner, SimpleEcontextStackEntry::stack_econtext, TopTransactionContext, TopTransactionResourceOwner, and SimpleEcontextStackEntry::xact_subxid.

Referenced by exec_stmt_block(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_commit(), exec_stmt_rollback(), and plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ plpgsql_destroy_econtext()

static void plpgsql_destroy_econtext ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 8689 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    SimpleEcontextStackEntry *next;
 
    Assert(simple_econtext_stack != NULL);
    Assert(simple_econtext_stack->stack_econtext == estate->eval_econtext);
 
    next = simple_econtext_stack->next;
    pfree(simple_econtext_stack);
    simple_econtext_stack = next;
 
    FreeExprContext(estate->eval_econtext, true);
    estate->eval_econtext = NULL;
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_execstate::eval_econtext, FreeExprContext(), next, SimpleEcontextStackEntry::next, pfree(), simple_econtext_stack, and SimpleEcontextStackEntry::stack_econtext.

Referenced by plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ plpgsql_estate_setup()

static void plpgsql_estate_setup	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_function *	func,
		ReturnSetInfo *	rsi,
		EState *	simple_eval_estate,
		ResourceOwner	simple_eval_resowner
	)

static

Definition at line 3993 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    HASHCTL     ctl;
 
    /* this link will be restored at exit from plpgsql_call_handler */
    func->cur_estate = estate;
 
    estate->func = func;
    estate->trigdata = NULL;
    estate->evtrigdata = NULL;
 
    estate->retval = (Datum) 0;
    estate->retisnull = true;
    estate->rettype = InvalidOid;
 
    estate->fn_rettype = func->fn_rettype;
    estate->retistuple = func->fn_retistuple;
    estate->retisset = func->fn_retset;
 
    estate->readonly_func = func->fn_readonly;
    estate->atomic = true;
 
    estate->exitlabel = NULL;
    estate->cur_error = NULL;
 
    estate->tuple_store = NULL;
    estate->tuple_store_desc = NULL;
    if (rsi)
    {
        estate->tuple_store_cxt = rsi->econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory;
        estate->tuple_store_owner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    }
    else
    {
        estate->tuple_store_cxt = NULL;
        estate->tuple_store_owner = NULL;
    }
    estate->rsi = rsi;
 
    estate->found_varno = func->found_varno;
    estate->ndatums = func->ndatums;
    estate->datums = NULL;
    /* the datums array will be filled by copy_plpgsql_datums() */
    estate->datum_context = CurrentMemoryContext;
 
    /* initialize our ParamListInfo with appropriate hook functions */
    estate->paramLI = makeParamList(0);
    estate->paramLI->paramFetch = plpgsql_param_fetch;
    estate->paramLI->paramFetchArg = estate;
    estate->paramLI->paramCompile = plpgsql_param_compile;
    estate->paramLI->paramCompileArg = NULL;    /* not needed */
    estate->paramLI->parserSetup = (ParserSetupHook) plpgsql_parser_setup;
    estate->paramLI->parserSetupArg = NULL; /* filled during use */
    estate->paramLI->numParams = estate->ndatums;
 
    /* Create the session-wide cast-expression hash if we didn't already */
    if (cast_expr_hash == NULL)
    {
        ctl.keysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashKey);
        ctl.entrysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastExprHashEntry);
        cast_expr_hash = hash_create("PLpgSQL cast expressions",
                                     16,    /* start small and extend */
                                     &ctl,
                                     HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS);
    }
 
    /* set up for use of appropriate simple-expression EState and cast hash */
    if (simple_eval_estate)
    {
        estate->simple_eval_estate = simple_eval_estate;
        /* Private cast hash just lives in function's main context */
        ctl.keysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashKey);
        ctl.entrysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashEntry);
        ctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
        estate->cast_hash = hash_create("PLpgSQL private cast cache",
                                        16, /* start small and extend */
                                        &ctl,
                                        HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
    }
    else
    {
        estate->simple_eval_estate = shared_simple_eval_estate;
        /* Create the session-wide cast-info hash table if we didn't already */
        if (shared_cast_hash == NULL)
        {
            ctl.keysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashKey);
            ctl.entrysize = sizeof(plpgsql_CastHashEntry);
            shared_cast_hash = hash_create("PLpgSQL cast cache",
                                           16,  /* start small and extend */
                                           &ctl,
                                           HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS);
        }
        estate->cast_hash = shared_cast_hash;
    }
    /* likewise for the simple-expression resource owner */
    if (simple_eval_resowner)
        estate->simple_eval_resowner = simple_eval_resowner;
    else
        estate->simple_eval_resowner = shared_simple_eval_resowner;
 
    /* if there's a procedure resowner, it'll be filled in later */
    estate->procedure_resowner = NULL;
 
    /*
     * We start with no stmt_mcontext; one will be created only if needed.
     * That context will be a direct child of the function's main execution
     * context.  Additional stmt_mcontexts might be created as children of it.
     */
    estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
    estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = CurrentMemoryContext;
 
    estate->eval_tuptable = NULL;
    estate->eval_processed = 0;
    estate->eval_econtext = NULL;
 
    estate->err_stmt = NULL;
    estate->err_var = NULL;
    estate->err_text = NULL;
 
    estate->plugin_info = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Create an EState and ExprContext for evaluation of simple expressions.
     */
    plpgsql_create_econtext(estate);
 
    /*
     * Let the plugin, if any, see this function before we initialize local
     * PL/pgSQL variables.  Note that we also give the plugin a few function
     * pointers, so it can call back into PL/pgSQL for doing things like
     * variable assignments and stack traces.
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)
    {
        (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->error_callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
        (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->assign_expr = exec_assign_expr;
        (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->assign_value = exec_assign_value;
        (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->eval_datum = exec_eval_datum;
        (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->cast_value = exec_cast_value;
 
        if ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_setup)
            ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_setup) (estate, func);
    }
}

Referenced by plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ plpgsql_exec_error_callback()

static void plpgsql_exec_error_callback ( void * arg )

static

Definition at line 1243 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) arg;
    int         err_lineno;
 
    /*
     * If err_var is set, report the variable's declaration line number.
     * Otherwise, if err_stmt is set, report the err_stmt's line number.  When
     * err_stmt is not set, we're in function entry/exit, or some such place
     * not attached to a specific line number.
     */
    if (estate->err_var != NULL)
        err_lineno = estate->err_var->lineno;
    else if (estate->err_stmt != NULL)
        err_lineno = estate->err_stmt->lineno;
    else
        err_lineno = 0;
 
    if (estate->err_text != NULL)
    {
        /*
         * We don't expend the cycles to run gettext() on err_text unless we
         * actually need it.  Therefore, places that set up err_text should
         * use gettext_noop() to ensure the strings get recorded in the
         * message dictionary.
         */
        if (err_lineno > 0)
        {
            /*
             * translator: last %s is a phrase such as "during statement block
             * local variable initialization"
             */
            errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s line %d %s",
                       estate->func->fn_signature,
                       err_lineno,
                       _(estate->err_text));
        }
        else
        {
            /*
             * translator: last %s is a phrase such as "while storing call
             * arguments into local variables"
             */
            errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s %s",
                       estate->func->fn_signature,
                       _(estate->err_text));
        }
    }
    else if (estate->err_stmt != NULL && err_lineno > 0)
    {
        /* translator: last %s is a plpgsql statement type name */
        errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s line %d at %s",
                   estate->func->fn_signature,
                   err_lineno,
                   plpgsql_stmt_typename(estate->err_stmt));
    }
    else
        errcontext("PL/pgSQL function %s",
                   estate->func->fn_signature);
}

References _, arg, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_stmt, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_text, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_var, errcontext, PLpgSQL_function::fn_signature, PLpgSQL_execstate::func, PLpgSQL_variable::lineno, PLpgSQL_stmt::lineno, and plpgsql_stmt_typename().

Referenced by plpgsql_estate_setup(), plpgsql_exec_event_trigger(), plpgsql_exec_function(), and plpgsql_exec_trigger().

◆ plpgsql_exec_event_trigger()

void plpgsql_exec_event_trigger	(	PLpgSQL_function *	func,
		EventTriggerData *	trigdata
	)

Definition at line 1175 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
    ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
    int         rc;
 
    /*
     * Setup the execution state
     */
    plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    estate.evtrigdata = trigdata;
 
    /*
     * Setup error traceback support for ereport()
     */
    plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
    plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
    plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
    error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
 
    /*
     * Make local execution copies of all the datums
     */
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
    copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Now call the toplevel block of statements
     */
    estate.err_text = NULL;
    rc = exec_toplevel_block(&estate, func->action);
    if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
    {
        estate.err_text = NULL;
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
                 errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
    }
 
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
 
    /* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
    plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
    exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
    /* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
 
    /*
     * Pop the error context stack
     */
    error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
}

References PLpgSQL_function::action, ErrorContextCallback::arg, ErrorContextCallback::callback, copy_plpgsql_datums(), ereport, PLpgSQL_execstate::err_text, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, error_context_stack, PLpgSQL_execstate::evtrigdata, exec_eval_cleanup(), exec_toplevel_block(), PLpgSQL_plugin::func_beg, PLpgSQL_plugin::func_end, gettext_noop, plpgsql_destroy_econtext(), plpgsql_estate_setup(), plpgsql_exec_error_callback(), plpgsql_plugin_ptr, PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN, and ErrorContextCallback::previous.

Referenced by plpgsql_call_handler().

◆ plpgsql_exec_function()

Datum plpgsql_exec_function	(	PLpgSQL_function *	func,
		FunctionCallInfo	fcinfo,
		EState *	simple_eval_estate,
		ResourceOwner	simple_eval_resowner,
		ResourceOwner	procedure_resowner,
		bool	atomic
	)

Definition at line 493 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
    ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
    int         i;
    int         rc;
 
    /*
     * Setup the execution state
     */
    plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo,
                         simple_eval_estate, simple_eval_resowner);
    estate.procedure_resowner = procedure_resowner;
    estate.atomic = atomic;
 
    /*
     * Setup error traceback support for ereport()
     */
    plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
    plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
    plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
    error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
 
    /*
     * Make local execution copies of all the datums
     */
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
    copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Store the actual call argument values into the appropriate variables
     */
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("while storing call arguments into local variables");
    for (i = 0; i < func->fn_nargs; i++)
    {
        int         n = func->fn_argvarnos[i];
 
        switch (estate.datums[n]->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate.datums[n];
 
                    assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
                                      fcinfo->args[i].value,
                                      fcinfo->args[i].isnull,
                                      false);
 
                    /*
                     * If it's a varlena type, check to see if we received a
                     * R/W expanded-object pointer.  If so, we can commandeer
                     * the object rather than having to copy it.  If passed a
                     * R/O expanded pointer, just keep it as the value of the
                     * variable for the moment.  (We can change it to R/W if
                     * the variable gets modified, but that may very well
                     * never happen.)
                     *
                     * Also, force any flat array value to be stored in
                     * expanded form in our local variable, in hopes of
                     * improving efficiency of uses of the variable.  (This is
                     * a hack, really: why only arrays? Need more thought
                     * about which cases are likely to win.  See also
                     * typisarray-specific heuristic in exec_assign_value.)
                     */
                    if (!var->isnull && var->datatype->typlen == -1)
                    {
                        if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
                        {
                            /* take ownership of R/W object */
                            assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
                                              TransferExpandedObject(var->value,
                                                                     estate.datum_context),
                                              false,
                                              true);
                        }
                        else if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RO(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
                        {
                            /* R/O pointer, keep it as-is until assigned to */
                        }
                        else if (var->datatype->typisarray)
                        {
                            /* flat array, so force to expanded form */
                            assign_simple_var(&estate, var,
                                              expand_array(var->value,
                                                           estate.datum_context,
                                                           NULL),
                                              false,
                                              true);
                        }
                    }
                }
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) estate.datums[n];
 
                    if (!fcinfo->args[i].isnull)
                    {
                        /* Assign row value from composite datum */
                        exec_move_row_from_datum(&estate,
                                                 (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
                                                 fcinfo->args[i].value);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        /* If arg is null, set variable to null */
                        exec_move_row(&estate, (PLpgSQL_variable *) rec,
                                      NULL, NULL);
                    }
                    /* clean up after exec_move_row() */
                    exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
                }
                break;
 
            default:
                /* Anything else should not be an argument variable */
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", func->datums[i]->dtype);
        }
    }
 
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function entry");
 
    /*
     * Set the magic variable FOUND to false
     */
    exec_set_found(&estate, false);
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Now call the toplevel block of statements
     */
    estate.err_text = NULL;
    rc = exec_toplevel_block(&estate, func->action);
    if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
    {
        estate.err_text = NULL;
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
                 errmsg("control reached end of function without RETURN")));
    }
 
    /*
     * We got a return value - process it
     */
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("while casting return value to function's return type");
 
    fcinfo->isnull = estate.retisnull;
 
    if (estate.retisset)
    {
        ReturnSetInfo *rsi = estate.rsi;
 
        /* Check caller can handle a set result */
        if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set")));
 
        if (!(rsi->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("materialize mode required, but it is not allowed in this context")));
 
        rsi->returnMode = SFRM_Materialize;
 
        /* If we produced any tuples, send back the result */
        if (estate.tuple_store)
        {
            MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
            rsi->setResult = estate.tuple_store;
            oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate.tuple_store_cxt);
            rsi->setDesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(estate.tuple_store_desc);
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
        }
        estate.retval = (Datum) 0;
        fcinfo->isnull = true;
    }
    else if (!estate.retisnull)
    {
        /*
         * Cast result value to function's declared result type, and copy it
         * out to the upper executor memory context.  We must treat tuple
         * results specially in order to deal with cases like rowtypes
         * involving dropped columns.
         */
        if (estate.retistuple)
        {
            /* Don't need coercion if rowtype is known to match */
            if (func->fn_rettype == estate.rettype &&
                func->fn_rettype != RECORDOID)
            {
                /*
                 * Copy the tuple result into upper executor memory context.
                 * However, if we have a R/W expanded datum, we can just
                 * transfer its ownership out to the upper context.
                 */
                estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
                                                  false,
                                                  -1);
            }
            else
            {
                /*
                 * Need to look up the expected result type.  XXX would be
                 * better to cache the tupdesc instead of repeating
                 * get_call_result_type(), but the only easy place to save it
                 * is in the PLpgSQL_function struct, and that's too
                 * long-lived: composite types could change during the
                 * existence of a PLpgSQL_function.
                 */
                Oid         resultTypeId;
                TupleDesc   tupdesc;
 
                switch (get_call_result_type(fcinfo, &resultTypeId, &tupdesc))
                {
                    case TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE:
                        /* got the expected result rowtype, now coerce it */
                        coerce_function_result_tuple(&estate, tupdesc);
                        break;
                    case TYPEFUNC_COMPOSITE_DOMAIN:
                        /* got the expected result rowtype, now coerce it */
                        coerce_function_result_tuple(&estate, tupdesc);
                        /* and check domain constraints */
                        /* XXX allowing caching here would be good, too */
                        domain_check(estate.retval, false, resultTypeId,
                                     NULL, NULL);
                        break;
                    case TYPEFUNC_RECORD:
 
                        /*
                         * Failed to determine actual type of RECORD.  We
                         * could raise an error here, but what this means in
                         * practice is that the caller is expecting any old
                         * generic rowtype, so we don't really need to be
                         * restrictive.  Pass back the generated result as-is.
                         */
                        estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
                                                          false,
                                                          -1);
                        break;
                    default:
                        /* shouldn't get here if retistuple is true ... */
                        elog(ERROR, "return type must be a row type");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
        else
        {
            /* Scalar case: use exec_cast_value */
            estate.retval = exec_cast_value(&estate,
                                            estate.retval,
                                            &fcinfo->isnull,
                                            estate.rettype,
                                            -1,
                                            func->fn_rettype,
                                            -1);
 
            /*
             * If the function's return type isn't by value, copy the value
             * into upper executor memory context.  However, if we have a R/W
             * expanded datum, we can just transfer its ownership out to the
             * upper executor context.
             */
            if (!fcinfo->isnull && !func->fn_retbyval)
                estate.retval = SPI_datumTransfer(estate.retval,
                                                  false,
                                                  func->fn_rettyplen);
        }
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * We're returning a NULL, which normally requires no conversion work
         * regardless of datatypes.  But, if we are casting it to a domain
         * return type, we'd better check that the domain's constraints pass.
         */
        if (func->fn_retisdomain)
            estate.retval = exec_cast_value(&estate,
                                            estate.retval,
                                            &fcinfo->isnull,
                                            estate.rettype,
                                            -1,
                                            func->fn_rettype,
                                            -1);
    }
 
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
 
    /* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
    plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
    exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
    /* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
 
    /*
     * Pop the error context stack
     */
    error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
 
    /*
     * Return the function's result
     */
    return estate.retval;
}

Referenced by plpgsql_call_handler(), and plpgsql_inline_handler().

◆ plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type()

Oid plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	datum
	)

Definition at line 5453 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    Oid         typeid;
 
    switch (datum->dtype)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
            {
                PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
 
                typeid = var->datatype->typoid;
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
            {
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
 
                if (rec->erh == NULL || rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
                {
                    /* Report variable's declared type */
                    typeid = rec->rectypeid;
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
                    typeid = rec->erh->er_typeid;
                }
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
            {
                PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
 
                rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
 
                /*
                 * If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
                 * named composite type, else complain.  (This won't change
                 * the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
                 */
                if (rec->erh == NULL)
                    instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
 
                /*
                 * Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
                 * if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
                 */
                if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
                {
                    if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
                                                      recfield->fieldname,
                                                      &recfield->finfo))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                                 errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
                                        rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
                    recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                }
 
                typeid = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
                break;
            }
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
            typeid = InvalidOid;    /* keep compiler quiet */
            break;
    }
 
    return typeid;
}

References PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, elog, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_typeid, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expanded_record_lookup_field(), PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypeid, instantiate_empty_record_variable(), InvalidOid, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and unlikely.

Referenced by exec_stmt_foreach_a().

◆ plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info()

void plpgsql_exec_get_datum_type_info	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_datum *	datum,
		Oid *	typeId,
		int32 *	typMod,
		Oid *	collation
	)

Definition at line 5538 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    switch (datum->dtype)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
            {
                PLpgSQL_var *var = (PLpgSQL_var *) datum;
 
                *typeId = var->datatype->typoid;
                *typMod = var->datatype->atttypmod;
                *collation = var->datatype->collation;
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
            {
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) datum;
 
                if (rec->erh == NULL || rec->rectypeid != RECORDOID)
                {
                    /* Report variable's declared type */
                    *typeId = rec->rectypeid;
                    *typMod = -1;
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Report record's actual type if declared RECORD */
                    *typeId = rec->erh->er_typeid;
                    /* do NOT return the mutable typmod of a RECORD variable */
                    *typMod = -1;
                }
                /* composite types are never collatable */
                *collation = InvalidOid;
                break;
            }
 
        case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
            {
                PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
                PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
 
                rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
 
                /*
                 * If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a
                 * named composite type, else complain.  (This won't change
                 * the logical state of the record: it's still NULL.)
                 */
                if (rec->erh == NULL)
                    instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
 
                /*
                 * Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or
                 * if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
                 */
                if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
                {
                    if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
                                                      recfield->fieldname,
                                                      &recfield->finfo))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                                 errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
                                        rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
                    recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                }
 
                *typeId = recfield->finfo.ftypeid;
                *typMod = recfield->finfo.ftypmod;
                *collation = recfield->finfo.fcollation;
                break;
            }
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized dtype: %d", datum->dtype);
            *typeId = InvalidOid;   /* keep compiler quiet */
            *typMod = -1;
            *collation = InvalidOid;
            break;
    }
}

References PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, PLpgSQL_type::collation, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, elog, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_typeid, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expanded_record_lookup_field(), ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::fcollation, PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypeid, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypmod, instantiate_empty_record_variable(), InvalidOid, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and unlikely.

Referenced by make_datum_param().

◆ plpgsql_exec_trigger()

HeapTuple plpgsql_exec_trigger	(	PLpgSQL_function *	func,
		TriggerData *	trigdata
	)

Definition at line 935 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_execstate estate;
    ErrorContextCallback plerrcontext;
    int         rc;
    TupleDesc   tupdesc;
    PLpgSQL_rec *rec_new,
               *rec_old;
    HeapTuple   rettup;
 
    /*
     * Setup the execution state
     */
    plpgsql_estate_setup(&estate, func, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    estate.trigdata = trigdata;
 
    /*
     * Setup error traceback support for ereport()
     */
    plerrcontext.callback = plpgsql_exec_error_callback;
    plerrcontext.arg = &estate;
    plerrcontext.previous = error_context_stack;
    error_context_stack = &plerrcontext;
 
    /*
     * Make local execution copies of all the datums
     */
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during initialization of execution state");
    copy_plpgsql_datums(&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Put the OLD and NEW tuples into record variables
     *
     * We set up expanded records for both variables even though only one may
     * have a value.  This allows record references to succeed in functions
     * that are used for multiple trigger types.  For example, we might have a
     * test like "if (TG_OP = 'INSERT' and NEW.foo = 'xyz')", which should
     * work regardless of the current trigger type.  If a value is actually
     * fetched from an unsupplied tuple, it will read as NULL.
     */
    tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation);
 
    rec_new = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate.datums[func->new_varno]);
    rec_old = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate.datums[func->old_varno]);
 
    rec_new->erh = make_expanded_record_from_tupdesc(tupdesc,
                                                     estate.datum_context);
    rec_old->erh = make_expanded_record_from_exprecord(rec_new->erh,
                                                       estate.datum_context);
 
    if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(trigdata->tg_event))
    {
        /*
         * Per-statement triggers don't use OLD/NEW variables
         */
    }
    else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
    {
        expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_new->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
                                  false, false);
    }
    else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
    {
        expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_new->erh, trigdata->tg_newtuple,
                                  false, false);
        expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_old->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
                                  false, false);
 
        /*
         * In BEFORE trigger, stored generated columns are not computed yet,
         * so make them null in the NEW row.  (Only needed in UPDATE branch;
         * in the INSERT case, they are already null, but in UPDATE, the field
         * still contains the old value.)  Alternatively, we could construct a
         * whole new row structure without the generated columns, but this way
         * seems more efficient and potentially less confusing.
         */
        if (tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_stored &&
            TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(trigdata->tg_event))
        {
            for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
                if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED)
                    expanded_record_set_field_internal(rec_new->erh,
                                                       i + 1,
                                                       (Datum) 0,
                                                       true,    /* isnull */
                                                       false, false);
        }
    }
    else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event))
    {
        expanded_record_set_tuple(rec_old->erh, trigdata->tg_trigtuple,
                                  false, false);
    }
    else
        elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger action: not INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE");
 
    /* Make transition tables visible to this SPI connection */
    rc = SPI_register_trigger_data(trigdata);
    Assert(rc >= 0);
 
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function entry");
 
    /*
     * Set the magic variable FOUND to false
     */
    exec_set_found(&estate, false);
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_beg) (&estate, func);
 
    /*
     * Now call the toplevel block of statements
     */
    estate.err_text = NULL;
    rc = exec_toplevel_block(&estate, func->action);
    if (rc != PLPGSQL_RC_RETURN)
    {
        estate.err_text = NULL;
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
                 errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
    }
 
    estate.err_text = gettext_noop("during function exit");
 
    if (estate.retisset)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("trigger procedure cannot return a set")));
 
    /*
     * Check that the returned tuple structure has the same attributes, the
     * relation that fired the trigger has. A per-statement trigger always
     * needs to return NULL, so we ignore any return value the function itself
     * produces (XXX: is this a good idea?)
     *
     * XXX This way it is possible, that the trigger returns a tuple where
     * attributes don't have the correct atttypmod's length. It's up to the
     * trigger's programmer to ensure that this doesn't happen. Jan
     */
    if (estate.retisnull || !TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(trigdata->tg_event))
        rettup = NULL;
    else
    {
        TupleDesc   retdesc;
        TupleConversionMap *tupmap;
 
        /* We assume exec_stmt_return verified that result is composite */
        Assert(type_is_rowtype(estate.rettype));
 
        /* We can special-case expanded records for speed */
        if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED(DatumGetPointer(estate.retval)))
        {
            ExpandedRecordHeader *erh = (ExpandedRecordHeader *) DatumGetEOHP(estate.retval);
 
            Assert(erh->er_magic == ER_MAGIC);
 
            /* Extract HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
            rettup = expanded_record_get_tuple(erh);
            Assert(rettup);
            retdesc = expanded_record_get_tupdesc(erh);
 
            if (retdesc != RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation))
            {
                /* check rowtype compatibility */
                tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
                                                    RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation),
                                                    gettext_noop("returned row structure does not match the structure of the triggering table"));
                /* it might need conversion */
                if (tupmap)
                    rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
                /* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
            }
 
            /*
             * Copy tuple to upper executor memory.  But if user just did
             * "return new" or "return old" without changing anything, there's
             * no need to copy; we can return the original tuple (which will
             * save a few cycles in trigger.c as well as here).
             */
            if (rettup != trigdata->tg_newtuple &&
                rettup != trigdata->tg_trigtuple)
                rettup = SPI_copytuple(rettup);
        }
        else
        {
            /* Convert composite datum to a HeapTuple and TupleDesc */
            HeapTupleData tmptup;
 
            retdesc = deconstruct_composite_datum(estate.retval, &tmptup);
            rettup = &tmptup;
 
            /* check rowtype compatibility */
            tupmap = convert_tuples_by_position(retdesc,
                                                RelationGetDescr(trigdata->tg_relation),
                                                gettext_noop("returned row structure does not match the structure of the triggering table"));
            /* it might need conversion */
            if (tupmap)
                rettup = execute_attr_map_tuple(rettup, tupmap);
 
            ReleaseTupleDesc(retdesc);
            /* no need to free map, we're about to return anyway */
 
            /* Copy tuple to upper executor memory */
            rettup = SPI_copytuple(rettup);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Let the instrumentation plugin peek at this function
     */
    if (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr && (*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end)
        ((*plpgsql_plugin_ptr)->func_end) (&estate, func);
 
    /* Clean up any leftover temporary memory */
    plpgsql_destroy_econtext(&estate);
    exec_eval_cleanup(&estate);
    /* stmt_mcontext will be destroyed when function's main context is */
 
    /*
     * Pop the error context stack
     */
    error_context_stack = plerrcontext.previous;
 
    /*
     * Return the trigger's result
     */
    return rettup;
}

Referenced by plpgsql_call_handler().

◆ plpgsql_fulfill_promise()

static void plpgsql_fulfill_promise	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_var *	var
	)

static

Definition at line 1384 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    MemoryContext oldcontext;
 
    if (var->promise == PLPGSQL_PROMISE_NONE)
        return;                 /* nothing to do */
 
    /*
     * This will typically be invoked in a short-lived context such as the
     * mcontext.  We must create variable values in the estate's datum
     * context.  This quick-and-dirty solution risks leaking some additional
     * cruft there, but since any one promise is honored at most once per
     * function call, it's probably not worth being more careful.
     */
    oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->datum_context);
 
    switch (var->promise)
    {
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_NAME:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                              DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                  CStringGetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname)),
                              false, true);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_WHEN:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BEFORE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "BEFORE");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "AFTER");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_INSTEAD(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "INSTEAD OF");
            else
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger execution time: not BEFORE, AFTER, or INSTEAD OF");
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_LEVEL:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_ROW(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "ROW");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "STATEMENT");
            else
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger event type: not ROW or STATEMENT");
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_OP:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "INSERT");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "UPDATE");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "DELETE");
            else if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_TRUNCATE(estate->trigdata->tg_event))
                assign_text_var(estate, var, "TRUNCATE");
            else
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized trigger action: not INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, or TRUNCATE");
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_RELID:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                              ObjectIdGetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_relation->rd_id),
                              false, false);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TABLE_NAME:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                              DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                  CStringGetDatum(RelationGetRelationName(estate->trigdata->tg_relation))),
                              false, true);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TABLE_SCHEMA:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                              DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                  CStringGetDatum(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(estate->trigdata->tg_relation)))),
                              false, true);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_NARGS:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                              Int16GetDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs),
                              false, false);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_ARGV:
            if (estate->trigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "trigger promise is not in a trigger function");
            if (estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs > 0)
            {
                /*
                 * For historical reasons, tg_argv[] subscripts start at zero
                 * not one.  So we can't use construct_array().
                 */
                int         nelems = estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgnargs;
                Datum      *elems;
                int         dims[1];
                int         lbs[1];
                int         i;
 
                elems = palloc(sizeof(Datum) * nelems);
                for (i = 0; i < nelems; i++)
                    elems[i] = CStringGetTextDatum(estate->trigdata->tg_trigger->tgargs[i]);
                dims[0] = nelems;
                lbs[0] = 0;
 
                assign_simple_var(estate, var,
                                  PointerGetDatum(construct_md_array(elems, NULL,
                                                                     1, dims, lbs,
                                                                     TEXTOID,
                                                                     -1, false, TYPALIGN_INT)),
                                  false, true);
            }
            else
            {
                assign_simple_var(estate, var, (Datum) 0, true, false);
            }
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_EVENT:
            if (estate->evtrigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "event trigger promise is not in an event trigger function");
            assign_text_var(estate, var, estate->evtrigdata->event);
            break;
 
        case PLPGSQL_PROMISE_TG_TAG:
            if (estate->evtrigdata == NULL)
                elog(ERROR, "event trigger promise is not in an event trigger function");
            assign_text_var(estate, var, GetCommandTagName(estate->evtrigdata->tag));
            break;
 
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unrecognized promise type: %d", var->promise);
    }
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
}

Referenced by exec_eval_datum(), exec_stmt_return(), and exec_stmt_return_next().

◆ plpgsql_param_compile()

static void plpgsql_param_compile	(	ParamListInfo	params,
		Param *	param,
		ExprState *	state,
		Datum *	resv,
		bool *	resnull
	)

static

Definition at line 6435 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    PLpgSQL_expr *expr;
    int         dno;
    PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
    ExprEvalStep scratch;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    expr = (PLpgSQL_expr *) params->parserSetupArg;
 
    /* paramid's are 1-based, but dnos are 0-based */
    dno = param->paramid - 1;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    datum = estate->datums[dno];
 
    scratch.opcode = EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK;
    scratch.resvalue = resv;
    scratch.resnull = resnull;
 
    /*
     * Select appropriate eval function.
     *
     * First, if this Param references the same varlena-type DTYPE_VAR datum
     * that is the target of the assignment containing this simple expression,
     * then it's possible we will be able to optimize handling of R/W expanded
     * datums.  We don't want to do the work needed to determine that unless
     * we actually see a R/W expanded datum at runtime, so install a checking
     * function that will figure that out when needed.
     *
     * Otherwise, it seems worth special-casing DTYPE_VAR and DTYPE_RECFIELD
     * for performance.  Also, we can determine in advance whether
     * MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly() will be required.  Currently, only
     * VAR/PROMISE and REC datums could contain read/write expanded objects.
     */
    if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR)
    {
        bool        isvarlena = (((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen == -1);
 
        if (isvarlena && dno == expr->target_param && expr->expr_simple_expr)
            scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_check;
        else if (isvarlena)
            scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro;
        else
            scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var;
    }
    else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD)
        scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_recfield;
    else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE)
    {
        if (((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen == -1)
            scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro;
        else
            scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic;
    }
    else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
        scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro;
    else
        scratch.d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_generic;
 
    /*
     * Note: it's tempting to use paramarg to store the estate pointer and
     * thereby save an indirection or two in the eval functions.  But that
     * doesn't work because the compiled expression might be used with
     * different estates for the same PL/pgSQL function.  Instead, store
     * pointers to the PLpgSQL_expr as well as this specific Param, to support
     * plpgsql_param_eval_var_check().
     */
    scratch.d.cparam.paramarg = expr;
    scratch.d.cparam.paramarg2 = param;
    scratch.d.cparam.paramid = param->paramid;
    scratch.d.cparam.paramtype = param->paramtype;
    ExprEvalPushStep(state, &scratch);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, EEOP_PARAM_CALLBACK, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_simple_expr, ExprEvalPushStep(), ExprEvalStep::opcode, ExprEvalStep::paramarg, ExprEvalStep::paramarg2, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramfunc, ExprEvalStep::paramid, Param::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, Param::paramtype, ParamListInfoData::parserSetupArg, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, plpgsql_param_eval_generic(), plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro(), plpgsql_param_eval_recfield(), plpgsql_param_eval_var(), plpgsql_param_eval_var_check(), plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(), ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, and PLpgSQL_expr::target_param.

Referenced by plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_generic()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_generic	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6823 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
    Oid         datumtype;
    int32       datumtypmod;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    datum = estate->datums[dno];
 
    /* fetch datum's value */
    exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
                    &datumtype, &datumtypmod,
                    op->resvalue, op->resnull);
 
    /* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
    if (unlikely(datumtype != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
                        op->d.cparam.paramid,
                        format_type_be(datumtype),
                        format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_eval_datum(), format_type_be(), ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, and unlikely.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_generic_ro	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6863 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
    Oid         datumtype;
    int32       datumtypmod;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    datum = estate->datums[dno];
 
    /* fetch datum's value */
    exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
                    &datumtype, &datumtypmod,
                    op->resvalue, op->resnull);
 
    /* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
    if (unlikely(datumtype != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
                        op->d.cparam.paramid,
                        format_type_be(datumtype),
                        format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
 
    /* force the value to read-only */
    *op->resvalue = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(*op->resvalue,
                                               *op->resnull,
                                               -1);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exec_eval_datum(), format_type_be(), MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, and unlikely.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_recfield()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_recfield	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6751 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield;
    PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
    ExpandedRecordHeader *erh;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) estate->datums[dno];
    Assert(recfield->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD);
 
    /* inline the relevant part of exec_eval_datum */
    rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
    erh = rec->erh;
 
    /*
     * If record variable is NULL, instantiate it if it has a named composite
     * type, else complain.  (This won't change the logical state of the
     * record: it's still NULL.)
     */
    if (erh == NULL)
    {
        instantiate_empty_record_variable(estate, rec);
        erh = rec->erh;
    }
 
    /*
     * Look up the field's properties if we have not already, or if the tuple
     * descriptor ID changed since last time.
     */
    if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != erh->er_tupdesc_id))
    {
        if (!expanded_record_lookup_field(erh,
                                          recfield->fieldname,
                                          &recfield->finfo))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                     errmsg("record \"%s\" has no field \"%s\"",
                            rec->refname, recfield->fieldname)));
        recfield->rectupledescid = erh->er_tupdesc_id;
    }
 
    /* OK to fetch the field value. */
    *op->resvalue = expanded_record_get_field(erh,
                                              recfield->finfo.fnumber,
                                              op->resnull);
 
    /* safety check -- needed for, eg, record fields */
    if (unlikely(recfield->finfo.ftypeid != op->d.cparam.paramtype))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
                 errmsg("type of parameter %d (%s) does not match that when preparing the plan (%s)",
                        op->d.cparam.paramid,
                        format_type_be(recfield->finfo.ftypeid),
                        format_type_be(op->d.cparam.paramtype))));
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_recfield::dtype, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, ereport, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expanded_record_get_field(), expanded_record_lookup_field(), PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::fnumber, format_type_be(), ExpandedRecordFieldInfo::ftypeid, instantiate_empty_record_variable(), ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, PLpgSQL_rec::refname, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, and unlikely.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_var()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_var	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6682 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
    Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
 
    /* inlined version of exec_eval_datum() */
    *op->resvalue = var->value;
    *op->resnull = var->isnull;
 
    /* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
    Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile(), and plpgsql_param_eval_var_check().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_var_check()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_var_check	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6529 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
    Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
 
    /*
     * If the variable's current value is a R/W expanded object, it's time to
     * decide whether/how to optimize the assignment.
     */
    if (!var->isnull &&
        VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
    {
        PLpgSQL_expr *expr = (PLpgSQL_expr *) op->d.cparam.paramarg;
        Param      *param = (Param *) op->d.cparam.paramarg2;
 
        /*
         * We might have already figured this out while evaluating some other
         * Param referencing the same variable, so check expr_rwopt first.
         */
        if (expr->expr_rwopt == PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN)
            exec_check_rw_parameter(expr, op->d.cparam.paramid);
 
        /*
         * Update the callback pointer to match what we decided to do, so that
         * this function will not be called again.  Then pass off this
         * execution to the newly-selected function.
         */
        switch (expr->expr_rwopt)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN:
                Assert(false);
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RWOPT_NOPE:
                /* Force the value to read-only in all future executions */
                op->d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro;
                plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(state, op, econtext);
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RWOPT_TRANSFER:
                /* There can be only one matching Param in this case */
                Assert(param == expr->expr_rw_param);
                /* When the value is read/write, transfer to exec context */
                op->d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer;
                plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer(state, op, econtext);
                break;
            case PLPGSQL_RWOPT_INPLACE:
                if (param == expr->expr_rw_param)
                {
                    /* When the value is read/write, deliver it as-is */
                    op->d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var;
                    plpgsql_param_eval_var(state, op, econtext);
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Not the optimizable reference, so force to read-only */
                    op->d.cparam.paramfunc = plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro;
                    plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(state, op, econtext);
                }
                break;
        }
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * Otherwise, continue to postpone that decision, and execute an inlined
     * version of exec_eval_datum().  Although this value could potentially
     * need MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly, we know it doesn't right now.
     */
    *op->resvalue = var->value;
    *op->resnull = var->isnull;
 
    /* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
    Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, DatumGetPointer(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, exec_check_rw_parameter(), PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rw_param, PLpgSQL_expr::expr_rwopt, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, ExprEvalStep::paramarg, ExprEvalStep::paramarg2, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramfunc, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, plpgsql_param_eval_var(), plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro(), plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer(), PLPGSQL_RWOPT_INPLACE, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_NOPE, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_TRANSFER, PLPGSQL_RWOPT_UNKNOWN, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, PLpgSQL_var::value, and VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_var_ro	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6714 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
    Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
 
    /*
     * Inlined version of exec_eval_datum() ... and while we're at it, force
     * expanded datums to read-only.
     */
    *op->resvalue = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(var->value,
                                               var->isnull,
                                               -1);
    *op->resnull = var->isnull;
 
    /* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
    Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and PLpgSQL_var::value.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_compile(), and plpgsql_param_eval_var_check().

◆ plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer()

static void plpgsql_param_eval_var_transfer	(	ExprState *	state,
		ExprEvalStep *	op,
		ExprContext *	econtext
	)

static

Definition at line 6626 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo params;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    int         dno = op->d.cparam.paramid - 1;
    PLpgSQL_var *var;
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    params = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    var = (PLpgSQL_var *) estate->datums[dno];
    Assert(var->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR);
 
    /*
     * If the variable's current value is a R/W expanded object, transfer its
     * ownership into the expression execution context, then drop our own
     * reference to the value by setting the variable to NULL.  That'll be
     * overwritten (perhaps with this same object) when control comes back
     * from the expression.
     */
    if (!var->isnull &&
        VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW(DatumGetPointer(var->value)))
    {
        *op->resvalue = TransferExpandedObject(var->value,
                                               get_eval_mcontext(estate));
        *op->resnull = false;
 
        var->value = (Datum) 0;
        var->isnull = true;
        var->freeval = false;
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Otherwise we can pass the variable's value directly; we now know
         * that MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly isn't needed.
         */
        *op->resvalue = var->value;
        *op->resnull = var->isnull;
    }
 
    /* safety check -- an assertion should be sufficient */
    Assert(var->datatype->typoid == op->d.cparam.paramtype);
}

References Assert(), ExprEvalStep::cparam, ExprEvalStep::d, PLpgSQL_var::datatype, DatumGetPointer(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_var::dtype, ExprContext::ecxt_param_list_info, PLpgSQL_var::freeval, get_eval_mcontext, PLpgSQL_var::isnull, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, ExprEvalStep::paramid, ExprEvalStep::paramtype, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, ExprEvalStep::resnull, ExprEvalStep::resvalue, TransferExpandedObject(), PLpgSQL_type::typoid, PLpgSQL_var::value, and VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL_EXPANDED_RW.

Referenced by plpgsql_param_eval_var_check().

◆ plpgsql_param_fetch()

static ParamExternData * plpgsql_param_fetch	(	ParamListInfo	params,
		int	paramid,
		bool	speculative,
		ParamExternData *	prm
	)

static

Definition at line 6308 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    int         dno;
    PLpgSQL_execstate *estate;
    PLpgSQL_expr *expr;
    PLpgSQL_datum *datum;
    bool        ok = true;
    int32       prmtypmod;
 
    /* paramid's are 1-based, but dnos are 0-based */
    dno = paramid - 1;
    Assert(dno >= 0 && dno < params->numParams);
 
    /* fetch back the hook data */
    estate = (PLpgSQL_execstate *) params->paramFetchArg;
    expr = (PLpgSQL_expr *) params->parserSetupArg;
    Assert(params->numParams == estate->ndatums);
 
    /* now we can access the target datum */
    datum = estate->datums[dno];
 
    /*
     * Since copyParamList() or SerializeParamList() will try to materialize
     * every single parameter slot, it's important to return a dummy param
     * when asked for a datum that's not supposed to be used by this SQL
     * expression.  Otherwise we risk failures in exec_eval_datum(), or
     * copying a lot more data than necessary.
     */
    if (!bms_is_member(dno, expr->paramnos))
        ok = false;
 
    /*
     * If the access is speculative, we prefer to return no data rather than
     * to fail in exec_eval_datum().  Check the likely failure cases.
     */
    else if (speculative)
    {
        switch (datum->dtype)
        {
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR:
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE:
                /* always safe */
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW:
                /* should be safe in all interesting cases */
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC:
                /* always safe (might return NULL, that's fine) */
                break;
 
            case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD:
                {
                    PLpgSQL_recfield *recfield = (PLpgSQL_recfield *) datum;
                    PLpgSQL_rec *rec;
 
                    rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
 
                    /*
                     * If record variable is NULL, don't risk anything.
                     */
                    if (rec->erh == NULL)
                        ok = false;
 
                    /*
                     * Look up the field's properties if we have not already,
                     * or if the tuple descriptor ID changed since last time.
                     */
                    else if (unlikely(recfield->rectupledescid != rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id))
                    {
                        if (expanded_record_lookup_field(rec->erh,
                                                         recfield->fieldname,
                                                         &recfield->finfo))
                            recfield->rectupledescid = rec->erh->er_tupdesc_id;
                        else
                            ok = false;
                    }
                    break;
                }
 
            default:
                ok = false;
                break;
        }
    }
 
    /* Return "no such parameter" if not ok */
    if (!ok)
    {
        prm->value = (Datum) 0;
        prm->isnull = true;
        prm->pflags = 0;
        prm->ptype = InvalidOid;
        return prm;
    }
 
    /* OK, evaluate the value and store into the return struct */
    exec_eval_datum(estate, datum,
                    &prm->ptype, &prmtypmod,
                    &prm->value, &prm->isnull);
    /* We can always mark params as "const" for executor's purposes */
    prm->pflags = PARAM_FLAG_CONST;
 
    /*
     * If it's a read/write expanded datum, convert reference to read-only.
     * (There's little point in trying to optimize read/write parameters,
     * given the cases in which this function is used.)
     */
    if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR)
        prm->value = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(prm->value,
                                                prm->isnull,
                                                ((PLpgSQL_var *) datum)->datatype->typlen);
    else if (datum->dtype == PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC)
        prm->value = MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly(prm->value,
                                                prm->isnull,
                                                -1);
 
    return prm;
}

References Assert(), bms_is_member(), PLpgSQL_execstate::datums, PLpgSQL_datum::dtype, ExpandedRecordHeader::er_tupdesc_id, PLpgSQL_rec::erh, exec_eval_datum(), expanded_record_lookup_field(), PLpgSQL_recfield::fieldname, PLpgSQL_recfield::finfo, InvalidOid, ParamExternData::isnull, MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly, PLpgSQL_execstate::ndatums, ParamListInfoData::numParams, PARAM_FLAG_CONST, ParamListInfoData::paramFetchArg, PLpgSQL_expr::paramnos, ParamListInfoData::parserSetupArg, ParamExternData::pflags, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_PROMISE, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_REC, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_RECFIELD, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ROW, PLPGSQL_DTYPE_VAR, ParamExternData::ptype, PLpgSQL_recfield::recparentno, PLpgSQL_recfield::rectupledescid, unlikely, and ParamExternData::value.

Referenced by plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ plpgsql_subxact_cb()

void plpgsql_subxact_cb	(	SubXactEvent	event,
		SubTransactionId	mySubid,
		SubTransactionId	parentSubid,
		void *	arg
	)

Definition at line 8753 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    if (event == SUBXACT_EVENT_COMMIT_SUB || event == SUBXACT_EVENT_ABORT_SUB)
    {
        while (simple_econtext_stack != NULL &&
               simple_econtext_stack->xact_subxid == mySubid)
        {
            SimpleEcontextStackEntry *next;
 
            FreeExprContext(simple_econtext_stack->stack_econtext,
                            (event == SUBXACT_EVENT_COMMIT_SUB));
            next = simple_econtext_stack->next;
            pfree(simple_econtext_stack);
            simple_econtext_stack = next;
        }
    }
}

References FreeExprContext(), next, SimpleEcontextStackEntry::next, pfree(), simple_econtext_stack, SimpleEcontextStackEntry::stack_econtext, SUBXACT_EVENT_ABORT_SUB, SUBXACT_EVENT_COMMIT_SUB, and SimpleEcontextStackEntry::xact_subxid.

Referenced by _PG_init(), and plpgsql_inline_handler().

◆ plpgsql_xact_cb()

void plpgsql_xact_cb	(	XactEvent	event,
		void *	arg
	)

Definition at line 8711 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /*
     * If we are doing a clean transaction shutdown, free the EState and tell
     * the resowner to release whatever plancache references it has, so that
     * all remaining resources will be released correctly.  (We don't need to
     * actually delete the resowner here; deletion of the
     * TopTransactionResourceOwner will take care of that.)
     *
     * In an abort, we expect the regular abort recovery procedures to release
     * everything of interest, so just clear our pointers.
     */
    if (event == XACT_EVENT_COMMIT ||
        event == XACT_EVENT_PARALLEL_COMMIT ||
        event == XACT_EVENT_PREPARE)
    {
        simple_econtext_stack = NULL;
 
        if (shared_simple_eval_estate)
            FreeExecutorState(shared_simple_eval_estate);
        shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL;
        if (shared_simple_eval_resowner)
            ReleaseAllPlanCacheRefsInOwner(shared_simple_eval_resowner);
        shared_simple_eval_resowner = NULL;
    }
    else if (event == XACT_EVENT_ABORT ||
             event == XACT_EVENT_PARALLEL_ABORT)
    {
        simple_econtext_stack = NULL;
        shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL;
        shared_simple_eval_resowner = NULL;
    }
}

References FreeExecutorState(), ReleaseAllPlanCacheRefsInOwner(), shared_simple_eval_estate, shared_simple_eval_resowner, simple_econtext_stack, XACT_EVENT_ABORT, XACT_EVENT_COMMIT, XACT_EVENT_PARALLEL_ABORT, XACT_EVENT_PARALLEL_COMMIT, and XACT_EVENT_PREPARE.

Referenced by _PG_init().

◆ pop_stmt_mcontext()

static void pop_stmt_mcontext ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 1582 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /* We need only pop the stack */
    estate->stmt_mcontext = estate->stmt_mcontext_parent;
    estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = MemoryContextGetParent(estate->stmt_mcontext);
}

References MemoryContextGetParent(), PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext, and PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext_parent.

Referenced by exec_stmt_block(), and exec_stmt_foreach_a().

◆ push_stmt_mcontext()

static void push_stmt_mcontext ( PLpgSQL_execstate * estate )

static

Definition at line 1563 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    /* Should have done get_stmt_mcontext() first */
    Assert(estate->stmt_mcontext != NULL);
    /* Assert we've not messed up the stack linkage */
    Assert(MemoryContextGetParent(estate->stmt_mcontext) == estate->stmt_mcontext_parent);
    /* Push it down to become the parent of any nested stmt mcontext */
    estate->stmt_mcontext_parent = estate->stmt_mcontext;
    /* And make it not available for use directly */
    estate->stmt_mcontext = NULL;
}

References Assert(), MemoryContextGetParent(), PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext, and PLpgSQL_execstate::stmt_mcontext_parent.

Referenced by exec_stmt_foreach_a().

◆ revalidate_rectypeid()

static void revalidate_rectypeid ( PLpgSQL_rec * rec )

static

Definition at line 7048 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    PLpgSQL_type *typ = rec->datatype;
    TypeCacheEntry *typentry;
 
    if (rec->rectypeid == RECORDOID)
        return;                 /* it's RECORD, so nothing to do */
    Assert(typ != NULL);
    if (typ->tcache &&
        typ->tcache->tupDesc_identifier == typ->tupdesc_id)
    {
        /*
         * Although *typ is known up-to-date, it's possible that rectypeid
         * isn't, because *rec is cloned during each function startup from a
         * copy that we don't have a good way to update.  Hence, forcibly fix
         * rectypeid before returning.
         */
        rec->rectypeid = typ->typoid;
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * typcache entry has suffered invalidation, so re-look-up the type name
     * if possible, and then recheck the type OID.  If we don't have a
     * TypeName, then we just have to soldier on with the OID we've got.
     */
    if (typ->origtypname != NULL)
    {
        /* this bit should match parse_datatype() in pl_gram.y */
        typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, typ->origtypname,
                             &typ->typoid,
                             &typ->atttypmod);
    }
 
    /* this bit should match build_datatype() in pl_comp.c */
    typentry = lookup_type_cache(typ->typoid,
                                 TYPECACHE_TUPDESC |
                                 TYPECACHE_DOMAIN_BASE_INFO);
    if (typentry->typtype == TYPTYPE_DOMAIN)
        typentry = lookup_type_cache(typentry->domainBaseType,
                                     TYPECACHE_TUPDESC);
    if (typentry->tupDesc == NULL)
    {
        /*
         * If we get here, user tried to replace a composite type with a
         * non-composite one.  We're not gonna support that.
         */
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("type %s is not composite",
                        format_type_be(typ->typoid))));
    }
 
    /*
     * Update tcache and tupdesc_id.  Since we don't support changing to a
     * non-composite type, none of the rest of *typ needs to change.
     */
    typ->tcache = typentry;
    typ->tupdesc_id = typentry->tupDesc_identifier;
 
    /*
     * Update *rec, too.  (We'll deal with subsidiary RECFIELDs as needed.)
     */
    rec->rectypeid = typ->typoid;
}

References Assert(), PLpgSQL_type::atttypmod, PLpgSQL_rec::datatype, TypeCacheEntry::domainBaseType, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), lookup_type_cache(), PLpgSQL_type::origtypname, PLpgSQL_rec::rectypeid, PLpgSQL_type::tcache, TypeCacheEntry::tupDesc, PLpgSQL_type::tupdesc_id, TypeCacheEntry::tupDesc_identifier, TYPECACHE_DOMAIN_BASE_INFO, TYPECACHE_TUPDESC, typenameTypeIdAndMod(), PLpgSQL_type::typoid, and TypeCacheEntry::typtype.

Referenced by exec_move_row_from_datum(), instantiate_empty_record_variable(), and make_expanded_record_for_rec().

◆ setup_param_list()

static ParamListInfo setup_param_list	(	PLpgSQL_execstate *	estate,
		PLpgSQL_expr *	expr
	)

static

Definition at line 6260 of file pl_exec.c.

{
    ParamListInfo paramLI;
 
    /*
     * We must have created the SPIPlan already (hence, query text has been
     * parsed/analyzed at least once); else we cannot rely on expr->paramnos.
     */
    Assert(expr->plan != NULL);
 
    /*
     * We only need a ParamListInfo if the expression has parameters.
     */
    if (!bms_is_empty(expr->paramnos))
    {
        /* Use the common ParamListInfo */
        paramLI = estate->paramLI;
 
        /*
         * Set up link to active expr where the hook functions can find it.
         * Callers must save and restore parserSetupArg if there is any chance
         * that they are interrupting an active use of parameters.
         */
        paramLI->parserSetupArg = expr;
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Expression requires no parameters.  Be sure we represent this case
         * as a NULL ParamListInfo, so that plancache.c knows there is no
         * point in a custom plan.
         */
        paramLI = NULL;
    }
    return paramLI;
}

References Assert(), bms_is_empty, PLpgSQL_execstate::paramLI, PLpgSQL_expr::paramnos, ParamListInfoData::parserSetupArg, and PLpgSQL_expr::plan.

Referenced by exec_run_select(), exec_stmt_call(), exec_stmt_execsql(), exec_stmt_forc(), exec_stmt_open(), and exec_stmt_return_query().

Variable Documentation

◆ cast_expr_hash

HTAB* cast_expr_hash = NULL

static

Definition at line 178 of file pl_exec.c.

Referenced by get_cast_hashentry(), and plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ shared_cast_hash

HTAB* shared_cast_hash = NULL

static

Definition at line 179 of file pl_exec.c.

Referenced by plpgsql_estate_setup().

◆ shared_simple_eval_estate

EState* shared_simple_eval_estate = NULL

static

Definition at line 91 of file pl_exec.c.

Referenced by plpgsql_create_econtext(), plpgsql_estate_setup(), and plpgsql_xact_cb().

◆ shared_simple_eval_resowner

ResourceOwner shared_simple_eval_resowner = NULL

static

Definition at line 102 of file pl_exec.c.

Referenced by plpgsql_create_econtext(), plpgsql_estate_setup(), and plpgsql_xact_cb().

◆ simple_econtext_stack

SimpleEcontextStackEntry* simple_econtext_stack = NULL

static

Definition at line 92 of file pl_exec.c.

Referenced by plpgsql_create_econtext(), plpgsql_destroy_econtext(), plpgsql_subxact_cb(), and plpgsql_xact_cb().

Data Structures

Macros

Typedefs

Functions

Variables

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ eval_mcontext_alloc

◆ eval_mcontext_alloc0

◆ get_eval_mcontext

◆ LOOP_RC_PROCESSING

◆ SET_RAISE_OPTION_TEXT

Typedef Documentation

◆ count_param_references_context

◆ SimpleEcontextStackEntry

Function Documentation

◆ assign_record_var()

◆ assign_simple_var()

◆ assign_text_var()

◆ coerce_function_result_tuple()

◆ compatible_tupdescs()

◆ convert_value_to_string()

◆ copy_plpgsql_datums()

◆ count_param_references()

◆ deconstruct_composite_datum()

◆ do_cast_value()

◆ exception_matches_conditions()

◆ exec_assign_c_string()

◆ exec_assign_expr()

◆ exec_assign_value()

◆ exec_cast_value()

◆ exec_check_assignable()

◆ exec_check_rw_parameter()

◆ exec_dynquery_with_params()

◆ exec_eval_boolean()

◆ exec_eval_cleanup()

◆ exec_eval_datum()

◆ exec_eval_expr()

◆ exec_eval_integer()

◆ exec_eval_simple_expr()

◆ exec_eval_using_params()

◆ exec_for_query()

◆ exec_init_tuple_store()

◆ exec_is_simple_query()

◆ exec_move_row()

◆ exec_move_row_from_datum()

◆ exec_move_row_from_fields()

◆ exec_prepare_plan()

◆ exec_run_select()

◆ exec_save_simple_expr()

◆ exec_set_found()

◆ exec_simple_check_plan()

◆ exec_stmt_assert()

◆ exec_stmt_assign()

◆ exec_stmt_block()

◆ exec_stmt_call()

◆ exec_stmt_case()

◆ exec_stmt_close()

◆ exec_stmt_commit()

◆ exec_stmt_dynexecute()

◆ exec_stmt_dynfors()

◆ exec_stmt_execsql()

◆ exec_stmt_exit()

◆ exec_stmt_fetch()

◆ exec_stmt_forc()

◆ exec_stmt_foreach_a()

◆ exec_stmt_fori()

◆ exec_stmt_fors()

◆ exec_stmt_getdiag()

◆ exec_stmt_if()

◆ exec_stmt_loop()

◆ exec_stmt_open()

◆ exec_stmt_perform()

◆ exec_stmt_raise()

◆ exec_stmt_return()

◆ exec_stmt_return_next()

◆ exec_stmt_return_query()

◆ exec_stmt_rollback()

◆ exec_stmt_while()

◆ exec_stmts()

◆ exec_toplevel_block()